TW201932788A - Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same - Google Patents

Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201932788A
TW201932788A TW107146703A TW107146703A TW201932788A TW 201932788 A TW201932788 A TW 201932788A TW 107146703 A TW107146703 A TW 107146703A TW 107146703 A TW107146703 A TW 107146703A TW 201932788 A TW201932788 A TW 201932788A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
polishing
eddy current
coil
polished
detector
Prior art date
Application number
TW107146703A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI834628B (en
Inventor
高橋太郎
澁江宏明
渡辺和英
Original Assignee
日商荏原製作所股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商荏原製作所股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商荏原製作所股份有限公司
Publication of TW201932788A publication Critical patent/TW201932788A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI834628B publication Critical patent/TWI834628B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Finish Polishing, Edge Sharpening, And Grinding By Specific Grinding Devices (AREA)
  • Measurement Of Length, Angles, Or The Like Using Electric Or Magnetic Means (AREA)
  • Measuring Magnetic Variables (AREA)
  • Constituent Portions Of Griding Lathes, Driving, Sensing And Control (AREA)
  • Mechanical Treatment Of Semiconductor (AREA)

Abstract

A magnetic element for strengthening a magnetic field formed in an object and an eddy current sensor using the magnetic field are provided. The eddy current sensor includes a bottom face portion which is a magnetic body, a magnetic core portion provided at the middle of the bottom face portion and a peripheral wall portion provided on the periphery of the bottom face portion. The eddy current sensor further includes an excitation coil disposed on an outer periphery of the magnetic core portion and capable of generating a magnetic field and an excitation coil disposed on an outer periphery of the peripheral wall portion and capable of generating a magnetic field.

Description

磁性元件、及使用該磁性元件之渦電流式檢測器Magnetic component, and eddy current detector using the same

本發明關於磁性元件以及使用該磁性元件的渦電流式檢測器。The present invention relates to a magnetic element and an eddy current type detector using the same.

近年來,隨著半導體元件的高集成化的進步,電路的配線逐漸細微化,配線間距離也變得更窄。在此,需要使作為被研磨物的半導體晶圓的表面平坦化,而作為該平坦化法的一個方法,則藉由研磨裝置進行研磨(拋光)。In recent years, with the progress of high integration of semiconductor elements, wiring of circuits has been gradually miniaturized, and the distance between wirings has also become narrower. Here, it is necessary to planarize the surface of the semiconductor wafer as the object to be polished, and as one method of the planarization method, polishing (polishing) is performed by a polishing apparatus.

研磨裝置具有:用於保持用於研磨被研磨物的研磨墊之研磨台、用於保持被研磨物並按壓至研磨墊之頂環。研磨台和頂環分別藉由驅動部(例如馬達)而旋轉驅動。藉由使含有研磨劑的液體(漿料)在研磨墊上流動,並將被頂環保持的被研磨物按抵至此,而研磨被研磨物。The polishing apparatus has a polishing table for holding a polishing pad for polishing an object to be polished, and a top ring for holding the object to be polished and pressed to the polishing pad. The polishing table and the top ring are respectively rotationally driven by a driving portion such as a motor. The object to be polished is ground by causing a liquid (slurry) containing an abrasive to flow on the polishing pad and pressing the object to be polished held by the top ring thereto.

在研磨裝置中,當被研磨物的研磨不充分,則電路間不絕緣,而產生短路之疑慮,另外,在過度研磨的情況下,會產生由於配線的截面積減少而導致的阻值上升,或配線本身被完全除去,而不能形成電路本身等問題。因此,在研磨裝置中,需要檢測最佳研磨終點。In the polishing apparatus, when the polishing of the object to be polished is insufficient, the circuit is not insulated, and a short circuit is generated, and in the case of excessive polishing, an increase in the resistance due to a decrease in the cross-sectional area of the wiring occurs. Or the wiring itself is completely removed, and the problem of the circuit itself cannot be formed. Therefore, in the grinding apparatus, it is necessary to detect the optimum polishing end point.

作為如上所述的技術,有日本特開2017-58245號記載的結構。在該技術中,為了檢測研磨終點而使用渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器使用了所謂罐型的線圈。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]As a technique as described above, there is a structure described in JP-A-2017-58245. In this technique, an eddy current type detector is used for detecting the polishing end point, and the eddy current type detector uses a so-called can type coil. [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1] 特開2017-58245號[Patent Document 1] Special Opening 2017-58245

[發明要解決的課題][Problems to be solved by the invention]

在被研磨物的表面,有金屬以較寬面狀(團塊狀)分佈的情況和銅等細配線在表面局部地存在的情況。在表面局部地存在的情況下,要求將在被研磨物流動的渦電流密度變得比金屬以較寬面狀分佈的情況大,即,渦電流式檢測器將在被研磨物形成的磁場變得更強。On the surface of the object to be polished, there are cases where the metal is distributed in a wide-surface shape (agglomerate) and a case where fine wires such as copper are locally present on the surface. In the case where the surface is locally present, it is required to make the eddy current density flowing in the object to be polished larger than the case where the metal is distributed in a wider surface shape, that is, the eddy current type detector changes the magnetic field formed in the object to be polished. Stronger.

本發明的一方式係為了解決上述問題點,其目的在於提供一種將於被研磨物的磁場變得更強的磁性元件以及使用該磁性元件的渦電流式檢測器。 [用於解決課題的手段]One aspect of the present invention has been made to solve the above problems, and an object thereof is to provide a magnetic element that is stronger in a magnetic field of an object to be polished and an eddy current type detector using the magnetic element. [Means for solving problems]

為了解決上述課題,在第1方式中,採用一種磁性元件,其特徵在於具有:底部磁性體;中央磁性體,該中央磁性體設於所述底部磁性體的中央;周邊部磁性體,該周邊部磁性體設於所述底部磁性體的周邊部;內部線圈,該內部線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,且能夠產生磁場;以及外部線圈,該外部線圈配置在所述周邊部磁性體的外周,且能夠產生磁場。In order to solve the above problems, in a first aspect, a magnetic element is provided, comprising: a bottom magnetic body; a central magnetic body, wherein the central magnetic body is provided at a center of the bottom magnetic body; and a peripheral magnetic body, the periphery a magnetic portion provided at a peripheral portion of the bottom magnetic body; an inner coil disposed on an outer circumference of the central magnetic body and capable of generating a magnetic field; and an outer coil disposed at the peripheral magnetic body The outer circumference is capable of generating a magnetic field.

在本實施方式中,具有配置在周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠產生磁場的外部線圈。因此,以往僅只有配置在中央磁性體的外周,能夠產生磁場的內部線圈,而根據本實施方式,能夠比以往更強化磁場。In the present embodiment, an external coil that is disposed on the outer periphery of the peripheral magnetic body and that generates a magnetic field is provided. Therefore, conventionally, only the inner coil which is disposed on the outer circumference of the central magnetic body and capable of generating a magnetic field has been used. According to the present embodiment, the magnetic field can be strengthened more than ever.

在第2方式中,採用第1方式記載的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述底部磁性體具有柱狀的形狀,所述周邊部磁性體配置在所述柱狀的形狀的兩端。磁性元件例如能夠是E型的線圈。In the magnetic element according to the first aspect of the invention, the bottom magnetic body has a columnar shape, and the peripheral magnetic body is disposed at both ends of the columnar shape. The magnetic element can be, for example, an E-shaped coil.

在第3方式中,採用第1方式記載的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述周邊部磁性體在所述底部磁性體的周邊部設置複數個。周邊部磁性體的數量可以是兩個,三個,四個,六個等,可以是多極線圈。According to a third aspect of the invention, the magnetic element according to the first aspect is characterized in that the peripheral magnetic body is provided in a plurality of portions around the bottom magnetic body. The number of peripheral magnetic bodies may be two, three, four, six, etc., and may be multi-pole coils.

在第4方式中,採用第1方式記載的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述周邊部磁性體是設於所述底部磁性體的周邊部的壁部,來包圍所述中央磁性體。周邊部磁性體可以是圓筒形、四邊形的筒形狀等。這些形狀與以往的罐型的線圈的形狀相同。但是,在以往的罐型的線圈中,不存在配置在周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠產生磁場的外部線圈。因此,第4方式能夠比以往的罐型的線圈相更強化磁場。According to a fourth aspect of the invention, the magnetic material according to the first aspect is characterized in that the peripheral magnetic body is a wall portion provided at a peripheral portion of the bottom magnetic body to surround the central magnetic body. The peripheral magnetic body may have a cylindrical shape, a quadrangular cylindrical shape, or the like. These shapes are the same as those of the conventional can type coil. However, in the conventional can-type coil, there is no external coil that can be placed on the outer circumference of the peripheral magnetic body and can generate a magnetic field. Therefore, the fourth aspect can strengthen the magnetic field more than the conventional can type coil.

在第5方式中,採用第1方式至第4方式中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈能夠電並聯連接。The magnetic element according to any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, wherein the internal coil and the external coil are electrically connected in parallel.

在第6方式中,採用第1方式至第5方式中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述內部線圈在所述中央磁性體內產生的磁場的方向與所述外部線圈在所述中央磁性體內產生的磁場的方向可相同。The magnetic element according to any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect, characterized in that the direction of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil in the central magnetic body and the outer coil are in the The direction of the magnetic field generated in the central magnetic body can be the same.

在第7方式中,採用第1方式至第6方式中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有檢測線圈,該檢測線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周及/或所述周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。The magnetic element according to any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect, characterized in that the detection element is disposed on an outer circumference of the central magnetic body and/or the peripheral portion. The outer circumference of the magnetic body can detect the magnetic field.

在第8方式中,採用第7方式記載的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有虛擬線圈,該虛擬線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周及/或所述周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。In the magnetic element according to the seventh aspect, the magnetic element is provided with a virtual coil that is disposed on an outer circumference of the central magnetic body and/or an outer circumference of the peripheral magnetic body, and is capable of detecting a magnetic field.

在第9方式中,採用第1方式至第6方式中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有檢測線圈和虛擬線圈,該檢測線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場,該虛擬線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。根據本實施方式有以下效果。有時在周邊部磁性體的外周檢測線圈、虛擬線圈並非必須。例如,有時不在周邊部磁性體設置檢測線圈以及虛擬線圈,而藉由使用磁性元件,希望將藉由由外部線圈和內部線圈產生的渦電流而產生的交鏈磁通的取得範圍限定。即,有時希望限定在藉由配置在中央磁性體的外周的檢測線圈和虛擬線圈所能夠取得的交鏈磁通的範圍。The magnetic element according to any one of the first aspect to the sixth aspect, characterized in that the detection element is disposed on an outer circumference of the central magnetic body and is capable of detecting a magnetic field. The virtual coil is disposed on the outer circumference of the central magnetic body to detect a magnetic field. According to this embodiment, the following effects are obtained. In some cases, it is not necessary to detect the coil or the dummy coil on the outer circumference of the peripheral magnetic body. For example, in some cases, the detection coil and the dummy coil are not provided in the peripheral magnetic body, and by using the magnetic element, it is desirable to limit the range of acquisition of the interlinkage magnetic flux generated by the eddy current generated by the external coil and the internal coil. In other words, it is desirable to limit the range of the interlinkage magnetic flux that can be obtained by the detection coil and the dummy coil disposed on the outer circumference of the central magnetic body.

在第10方式中,採用渦電流式檢測器,其特徵在於具有第7方式至第9方式中任一項所述的磁性元件。In the ninth aspect, the eddy current type detector is characterized in that the magnetic element according to any one of the seventh to ninth aspects is used.

在第11方式中,採用研磨裝置,其具有:研磨台,用於研磨被研磨物的研磨墊能夠貼附於該研磨台;驅動部,該驅動部能夠驅動所述研磨台旋轉;保持部,該保持部能夠保持所述被研磨物並按壓至所述研磨墊;如申請專利範圍第項第10方式所述的渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器配置在所述研磨台的內部,藉由所述檢測線圈能夠檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流;以及終點檢測部,該終點檢測部能夠從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點。According to an eleventh aspect, a polishing apparatus includes: a polishing table to which a polishing pad for polishing an object to be polished can be attached; and a driving unit that can drive the polishing table to rotate; and a holding portion The holding portion is capable of holding the object to be polished and pressing the polishing pad; the eddy current type detector according to the tenth aspect of the invention, wherein the eddy current type detector is disposed inside the polishing table An eddy current formed by the inner coil and the outer coil in the object to be polished by the rotation of the polishing table can be detected by the detection coil; and an end point detecting unit capable of detecting the end point detecting unit The eddy current detected from the detection indicates the end of the polishing of the end of the polishing of the object to be polished.

在第12方式中,採用第11方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部從所述檢測出的所述渦電流決定所述被研磨物的研磨速率,計算在以所述研磨速率對所述被研磨物進行研磨時的預期研磨量,從而能夠檢測所述研磨終點。The polishing apparatus according to the eleventh aspect, wherein the end point detecting unit determines a polishing rate of the object to be polished from the detected eddy current, and calculates the polishing rate The polishing amount at the time of polishing the object to be polished is such that the polishing end point can be detected.

在第13方式中,採用第12方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部比較從所述渦電流得到的膜厚相關的資料和與從所述研磨速率預測的膜厚相關的資料,在比較的結果比指定值大的情況下,能夠不使用與從所述渦電流得到的膜厚相關的所述資料。The polishing apparatus according to the twelfth aspect, wherein the end point detecting unit compares a film thickness-related data obtained from the eddy current with a film thickness related to a film thickness predicted from the polishing rate. When the result of the comparison is larger than the specified value, the data relating to the film thickness obtained from the eddy current can be not used.

在第14方式中,採用第12方式或第13方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部能夠從所述預期研磨量以及與對應於所述研磨終點的膜厚相關的閾值檢測所述研磨終點。The polishing apparatus according to the twelfth aspect, wherein the end point detecting unit is capable of detecting the expected amount of polishing and a threshold value related to a film thickness corresponding to the polishing end point. The grinding end point is described.

在第15方式中,採用一種研磨方法,該研磨方法為在研磨墊和與所述研磨墊相對配置的被研磨物之間進行研磨的研磨方法,其特徵在於具有:藉由研磨台保持所述研磨墊的步驟;旋轉驅動所述研磨台的步驟;旋轉驅動用於保持所述被研磨物並往所述研磨墊按壓的保持部的步驟;在所述研磨台的內部配置第10方式的渦電流式檢測器,藉由所述檢測線圈檢測伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流的步驟;從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。In a fifteenth aspect, a polishing method is employed in which a polishing method is performed between a polishing pad and an object to be polished disposed opposite to the polishing pad, and the method includes: maintaining the a step of polishing the pad; a step of rotationally driving the polishing table; a step of rotationally driving a holding portion for holding the object to be pressed and pressed against the polishing pad; and a vortex of the tenth mode disposed inside the polishing table a current detector, wherein the detecting coil detects a eddy current formed by the inner coil and the outer coil in the object to be polished by the rotation of the polishing table; The eddy current detection step indicates a polishing end point of the end of the polishing of the object to be polished.

在第16方式中,採用第15方式記載的研磨方法,其特徵在於在所述被研磨物的導電性發生變化時改變所述內部線圈及/或所述外部線圈產生的磁場的強度。The polishing method according to the fifteenth aspect, characterized in that the intensity of a magnetic field generated by the inner coil and/or the outer coil is changed when the conductivity of the object to be polished changes.

在第17方式中,採用第15或第16方式記載的研磨方法,其特徵在於在所述研磨台的內部配置有複數個第10方式記載的渦電流式檢測器,所述複數個渦電流式檢測器的檢測靈敏度互不相同。The polishing method according to the fifteenth or sixteenth aspect, wherein the plurality of eddy current type detectors according to the tenth aspect, wherein the plurality of eddy current types are arranged inside the polishing table The detection sensitivities of the detectors are different from each other.

在第18方式中,採用一種電腦可讀取記錄媒體,該電腦可讀取記錄媒體記錄有用於使電腦作為終點檢測部手段和控制手段發揮作用的程式,所述電腦用於控制對被研磨物進行研磨的研磨裝置,所述研磨裝置具有:研磨台,用於研磨所述被研磨物的研磨墊能夠貼附於該研磨台;驅動部,該驅動部能夠驅動所述研磨台旋轉;保持部,該保持部能夠保持所述被研磨物並按壓至所述研磨墊;如第10方式記載的渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器配置在所述研磨台的內部,能夠藉由所述檢測線圈檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流,所述終點檢測部手段能夠從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點,所述控制手段控制由所述研磨裝置進行的研磨。In the eighteenth aspect, a computer-readable recording medium having a program for causing a computer to function as an end point detecting means and a control means for controlling the object to be polished is recorded. a polishing apparatus for polishing, the polishing apparatus having: a polishing table, a polishing pad for polishing the object to be polished; and a driving portion capable of driving the polishing table to rotate; and a holding portion The holding portion is capable of holding the object to be polished and pressing the polishing pad; the eddy current type detector according to the tenth aspect, wherein the eddy current type detector is disposed inside the polishing table, The detecting coil detects an eddy current formed by the inner coil and the outer coil in the object to be polished in accordance with the rotation of the polishing table, and the end point detecting unit means is capable of detecting the The eddy current detection indicates the end of the polishing of the end of the polishing of the object to be polished, and the control means controls the polishing by the polishing device.

在第19方式中,採用第11方式至第14方式中任一所述的研磨裝置的基礎上,其特徵在於所述研磨裝置具有:光學系統,所述光學系統通過設於所述研磨墊的貫通孔,藉由光纖向所述被研磨物的被研磨面照射光,使被反射的反射光藉由光纖收光;以及被研磨物膜厚監測裝置,所述被研磨物膜厚監測裝置設置有對由該光學系統接收的反射光進行分析處理的分析處理手段,以該分析處理手段對所述反射光進行分析處理,監測形成於被研磨物的被研磨面上的薄膜的研磨進行狀況,所述研磨裝置在所述研磨台設有供給透明液體至設於所述研磨墊的貫通孔的供液孔,該供液孔配置形成來讓從該供液孔供給的透明液體形成相對於所述被研磨物的被研磨面垂直行進的流且充滿所述貫通孔,所述光纖配置來讓照射光以及反射光通過相對於該被研磨面垂直行進的流部分的透明液體,且設置有排出所述貫通孔的透明液體的排液孔,該排液孔相對於所述供液孔位於所述研磨台的移動方向後方,並在所述貫通孔的所述被研磨物相反側的端面開口。The polishing apparatus according to any one of the eleventh aspect, wherein the polishing apparatus comprises: an optical system, wherein the optical system is provided on the polishing pad a through hole, the optical fiber is irradiated with light to the surface to be polished of the object to be polished, and the reflected light reflected by the optical fiber is received by the optical fiber; and the film thickness monitoring device for the object to be polished is set by the film thickness monitoring device There is an analysis processing means for analyzing the reflected light received by the optical system, and the reflected light is analyzed by the analysis processing means, and the polishing progress of the thin film formed on the surface to be polished of the object to be polished is monitored. The polishing apparatus is provided with a liquid supply hole for supplying a transparent liquid to a through hole provided in the polishing pad, and the liquid supply hole is disposed to allow a transparent liquid supplied from the liquid supply hole to be formed relative to the liquid a flow that is perpendicular to the surface to be polished of the object to be polished and fills the through hole, and the optical fiber is disposed to allow the irradiated light and the reflected light to pass through a portion of the flow that travels perpendicularly to the surface to be polished. a liquid discharge hole provided with a transparent liquid for discharging the through hole, the liquid discharge hole being located rearward of a moving direction of the polishing table with respect to the liquid supply hole, and the said hole in the through hole The end face on the opposite side of the abrasive is open.

在第20方式中,採用第19方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於連結所述供液孔的中心與所述排液孔的中心的線段的中點位於比所述貫通孔的中心點更位在所述研磨台的移動方向的前方。According to a ninth aspect, the polishing apparatus according to the ninth aspect, wherein a midpoint of a line segment connecting a center of the liquid supply hole and a center of the liquid discharge hole is located at a position higher than a center point of the through hole In front of the moving direction of the polishing table.

在第21方式中,採用第19方式或第20方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述貫通孔的截面為大致長圓狀的孔,來讓其端面外周包圍所述供液孔和排液孔的端面。The polishing apparatus according to the twenty-first aspect, wherein the through hole has a substantially elliptical cross section, and the outer circumference of the end surface surrounds the liquid supply hole and the liquid discharge hole. End face.

在第22方式中,採用第19方式至第21方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於設置強制排液機構,並以該強制排液機構從所述排液孔強制排液。The polishing apparatus according to any one of the nineteenth aspect, wherein the forced draining mechanism is provided, and the forced draining mechanism forcibly discharges the liquid from the drain hole.

在第23方式中,採用第15方式至第17方式中任一所述的研磨方法,其特徵在於具有透光液噴嘴和配置來在該透光液噴嘴的外周部包圍該透光液噴嘴的透光液接收部,藉由從所述透光液噴嘴使柱狀的透光液流與被研磨物的被研磨面抵接,並且以所述透光液接收部接收該透光液流,形成所述透光液噴嘴內的透光液與所述透光液接收部內的透光液連通並且從外部被密封的狀態的透光液流,藉由光學系統通過所述透光液流並照射光至所述被研磨物的被研磨面,並且以該光學系統接收通過該透光液流而被所述被研磨物的被研磨面反射的反射光,從該接收的反射光強度測定該被研磨面的膜厚。The polishing method according to any one of the fifteenth aspect, wherein the light-transmitting liquid nozzle and the light-transmitting liquid nozzle are disposed on an outer peripheral portion of the light-transmitting liquid nozzle. The light-transmitting liquid receiving portion abuts the column-shaped light-transmitting liquid flow from the light-transmitting liquid nozzle against the surface to be polished of the object to be polished, and receives the light-transmitting liquid flow by the light-transmitting liquid receiving portion. Forming a light-transmitting liquid flow in a state in which the light-transmitting liquid in the light-transmitting liquid nozzle communicates with the light-transmitting liquid in the light-transmitting liquid receiving portion and is sealed from the outside, and passes through the light-transmitting liquid flow through the optical system Irradiating light to the surface to be polished of the object to be polished, and receiving, by the optical system, reflected light reflected by the surface of the object to be polished by the light-transmitting liquid, and measuring the intensity of the reflected light from the received light The film thickness of the surface to be polished.

在第24方式中,採用第23方式記載的研磨方法,其特徵在於所述光學系統至少具有一根光纖,將該光纖的前端部插入所述透光液流,通過該光纖以及透光液流照射光至所述被研磨物的被研磨面,並且通過該透光液流以及光纖而讓被該被研磨面反射的反射光收光。A polishing method according to the twenty-fourth aspect, wherein the optical system has at least one optical fiber, and a tip end portion of the optical fiber is inserted into the light-transmitting liquid stream, and the optical fiber and the light-transmitting liquid flow are passed through The light is irradiated onto the surface to be polished of the object to be polished, and the reflected light reflected by the surface to be polished is received by the light-transmitting liquid stream and the optical fiber.

在第25方式中,採用第11方式至第14方式以及第19方式至第22方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有複數個處理區域和搬運區域,前述處理區域將實施了遮光處理的複數個處理單元上下配置地收納於內部,所述搬運區域收納搬運機於內部,而設置在所述處理區域之間,在所述處理區域與所述搬運區域之間以遮光壁遮光,而所述搬運區域的前面以維護用門遮光,所述處理單元在所述遮光壁以遮光狀態連結。The polishing apparatus according to any one of the eleventh aspect, wherein the processing apparatus is implemented in a plurality of processing areas and a transportation area, wherein the processing area is implemented. The plurality of processing units for shading processing are housed inside and below, and the transport area is housed inside the transporter, and is disposed between the processing regions, and is shielded by a light-shielding wall between the processing region and the transporting region. The front surface of the transport area is shielded by a maintenance door, and the processing unit is coupled to the light shielding wall in a light blocking state.

在第26方式中,採用第25方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於在所述處理單元設有具有開閉自如的閘門的基板插入口,在所述遮光壁設有圍繞所述被研磨物插入口的周圍的遮光膜,在所述遮光壁被所述遮光膜包圍的區域內設有開口部。The polishing apparatus according to the twenty-fifth aspect, wherein the processing unit is provided with a substrate insertion opening having a shutter that is openable and closable, and the light shielding wall is provided with the insertion opening around the object to be polished. The surrounding light shielding film is provided with an opening in a region where the light shielding wall is surrounded by the light shielding film.

在第27方式中,採用第25方式或第26方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述處理區域為清洗區域,被研磨物的處理為被研磨物的清洗。The polishing apparatus according to the twenty-fifth aspect, wherein the processing area is a cleaning area, and the treatment of the object to be polished is cleaning of the object to be polished.

在第28方式中,採用第11方式至第14方式,以及第19方式至第22方式,以及第25方式至第27方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述研磨裝置具有:對所述被研磨物進行研磨的研磨部;清洗並乾燥所述被研磨物的清洗部;使所述研磨部與所述清洗部之間分離的分隔壁;經由所述分隔壁的開口將研磨後的所述被研磨物從所述研磨部搬運往所述清洗部的搬運機構;及具有側壁並在內部收納所述研磨部、所述清洗部、所述搬運機構的殼體,所述清洗部具有:藉由清洗液清洗研磨後的所述被研磨物的清洗手段;使清洗後的所述被研磨物乾燥的乾燥手段;及能夠在所述清洗手段與乾燥手段間水平以及升降自如地交接所述被研磨物的搬運手段,所述研磨部具有所述研磨台、所述保持部、所述驅動部、所述渦電流式檢測器、所述終點檢測部。此外,美國專利第5885138號藉由引用整體組入本說明書中。The polishing apparatus according to any one of the eleventh aspect to the fourteenth aspect, wherein the polishing apparatus according to any one of the twenty-first aspect to the twenty-second aspect, wherein the polishing apparatus has a polishing portion that polishes the object to be polished; a cleaning portion that cleans and dries the object to be polished; a partition wall that separates the polishing portion from the cleaning portion; and an opening through the partition wall a conveyance mechanism that conveys the object to be polished from the polishing unit to the cleaning unit after polishing; and a housing that has a side wall and houses the polishing unit, the cleaning unit, and the transport mechanism therein, The cleaning unit includes: a cleaning means for cleaning the polished object after the polishing by the cleaning liquid; a drying means for drying the object to be polished after washing; and a levelable and freely movable between the cleaning means and the drying means The conveyance means for transferring the object to be polished, wherein the polishing portion includes the polishing table, the holding portion, the driving portion, the eddy current type detector, and the end point detecting portion. In addition, U.S. Patent No. 5,885,138 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

在第29方式中,採用第15~17、23、以及24方式中任一所述的研磨方法,其特徵在於在使用了研磨裝置的所述研磨方法中,所述研磨裝置具有:對所述被研磨物進行研磨的研磨部;清洗並乾燥所述被研磨物的清洗部;將所述研磨部與所述清洗部之間分離的分隔壁;經由所述分隔壁的開口將研磨後的所述被研磨物從所述研磨部搬運往所述清洗部的搬運單元;及具有側壁並在內部收納所述研磨部、所述清洗部、所述搬運單元的殼體,在所述清洗部中,藉由清洗液清洗研磨後的所述被研磨物,使清洗後的所述被研磨物乾燥,在該清洗工序與該乾燥工序之間水平以及升降自如地進行所述被研磨物的交接,並搬運所述被研磨物。The polishing method according to any one of the items 15 to 17, 23, and 24, characterized in that in the polishing method using the polishing apparatus, the polishing apparatus has: a polishing portion that polishes the object to be polished; a cleaning portion that cleans and dries the object to be polished; a partition wall that separates the polishing portion from the cleaning portion; and a polished portion through an opening of the partition wall a conveyance unit that conveys the object to be polished from the polishing unit to the cleaning unit; and a casing that has a side wall and houses the polishing unit, the cleaning unit, and the conveyance unit therein, and the cleaning unit The object to be polished after the polishing is washed with a cleaning liquid to dry the object to be polished after washing, and the object to be polished is transferred horizontally and freely between the cleaning step and the drying step. And transporting the object to be polished.

在第30方式中,採用第11方式至第14方式,以及第19方式至第22方式,以及第25方式至第28方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置的基礎上,具有向所述被研磨物打光,測量來自所述被研磨物的反射光的強度的光學式檢測器,基於所述渦電流和所述光學式檢測器測量到的來自所述被研磨物的反射光的強度,檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點。According to the ninth aspect, the polishing apparatus according to any one of the eleventh aspect to the fourteenth aspect, and the twenty-fifth aspect to the twenty-second aspect, and the twenty-second aspect to the twenty-eighth aspect, An optical detector that measures the intensity of the reflected light from the object to be polished, based on the eddy current and the intensity of the reflected light from the object to be polished measured by the optical detector, A polishing end point indicating the end of the grinding is detected.

在第31方式中,採用第30方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有在研磨時能夠與所述被研磨物相對的、組入所述研磨台內的位置的視窗,在所述視窗的下部配置有所述光學式檢測器。The polishing apparatus according to the thirty-first aspect, characterized in that the polishing apparatus according to the thirty-first aspect has a window that can be placed in the polishing table at a position opposite to the object to be polished during polishing, and is located at a lower portion of the window. The optical detector is configured.

在第32方式中,採用第30方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述研磨台具有在研磨時能夠與所述被研磨物相對的、配置在所述研磨台內的位置的開口,所述光學式檢測器配置在所述視窗的下部,所述光學式檢測器具有將清洗用的流體供給至所述開口內的流體供給部。The polishing apparatus according to the thirty-fifth aspect, wherein the polishing table has an opening that is disposed at a position in the polishing table that is opposite to the object to be polished during polishing, An optical detector is disposed at a lower portion of the window, and the optical detector has a fluid supply portion that supplies a fluid for cleaning into the opening.

在第33方式中,在採用第11方式至第14方式,以及第19方式至第22方式,第25方式至第28方式,以及第30方式至第32方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置的基礎上,所述渦電流式檢測器在所述被研磨物產生磁場,並檢測所產生的所述磁場的強度,另外,研磨裝置具有:用於旋轉驅動所述保持部的第二電動機;用於保持所述保持部的擺動臂;用於使所述擺動臂繞所述擺動臂上的擺動中心擺動的第三電動機;檢測所述驅動部(第一電動機)以及所述第二電動機、第三電動機中的一個電動機的電流值及/或所述一個電動機的轉矩指令值,從而產生第一輸出的檢測部,基於所述第一輸出和所述渦電流式檢測器測量出的所述磁場的強度,檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點。In the 33rd aspect, the polishing apparatus according to any one of the eleventh aspect to the fourteenth aspect, the nineteenth aspect to the twenty-second aspect, the twenty-fifth aspect to the twenty-eighth aspect, and the thirty-eighth aspect to the thirty-second aspect. The eddy current detector generates a magnetic field in the object to be polished, and detects the intensity of the generated magnetic field. In addition, the polishing device has: a second motor for rotationally driving the holding portion; a swing arm for holding the holding portion; a third motor for swinging the swing arm about a swing center on the swing arm; detecting the drive portion (first motor) and the second motor, a current value of one of the third motors and/or a torque command value of the one motor to generate a first output detecting portion based on the first output and the eddy current detector The intensity of the magnetic field is measured, and the end point of the polishing indicating the end of the polishing is detected.

在第34方式中,採用一種程式,該程式用於使電腦作為終點檢測部手段和控制手段發揮作用,所述電腦用於控制對被研磨物進行研磨的研磨裝置,研磨裝置具有用於保持被研磨物的保持部;用於保持所述保持部的擺動臂;及直接或間接地檢測施加在所述擺動臂的臂轉矩的臂轉矩檢測部,所述終點檢測部手段基於所述臂轉矩檢測部檢測到的所述臂轉矩,檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點,所述控制手段控制所述研磨裝置的研磨。In the 34th aspect, a program for causing a computer to function as an end point detecting portion means for controlling the grinding of the object to be polished, and a control means for holding the object to be held a holding portion for polishing the object; a swing arm for holding the holding portion; and an arm torque detecting portion for directly or indirectly detecting an arm torque applied to the swing arm, the end point detecting portion means based on the arm The arm torque detected by the torque detecting unit detects an end point of the polishing indicating the end of the polishing, and the control means controls the polishing of the polishing apparatus.

在第35方式中,採用第34方式記載的程式,其特徵在於所述程式能夠更新。The 35th aspect is the program according to the 34th aspect, characterized in that the program can be updated.

在第36方式中,採用一種研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有對基板進行研磨並取得與研磨相關的訊號的基板處理裝置;藉由所述基板處理裝置、通訊手段連接的資料處理裝置,所述資料處理裝置基於所述基板處理裝置取得的訊號,更新與研磨處理相關的參數。在此,訊號為類比訊號及/或數位訊號。In a thirty-sixth aspect, a polishing apparatus comprising: a substrate processing apparatus that polishes a substrate and obtains a signal related to polishing; and a data processing apparatus connected by the substrate processing apparatus and the communication means, the data The processing device updates the parameters related to the grinding process based on the signals acquired by the substrate processing device. Here, the signal is analog signal and/or digital signal.

在此,作為研磨參數,例如有(1)對半導體晶圓的四個區域,即,中央部,內側中間部,外側中間部,以及周緣部的按壓力,(2)研磨時間,(3)研磨台、頂環的轉速,(4)用於判定研磨終點的閾值等。參數的更新是指對上述參數的更新。Here, as the polishing parameters, for example, (1) the pressing force of the four regions of the semiconductor wafer, that is, the central portion, the inner intermediate portion, the outer intermediate portion, and the peripheral portion, (2) the polishing time, (3) The rotation speed of the polishing table and the top ring, (4) is used to determine the threshold value of the polishing end point and the like. The update of the parameters refers to the update of the above parameters.

在第37方式中,採用研磨裝置,其特徵在於第36方式記載的研磨裝置中,所述訊號藉由由一種檢測器或不同種類的複數個檢測器取得。作為在本方式中使用的種類不同的檢測器,有以下檢測器等。即(1)取得與擺動軸馬達的轉矩變動相關的測定訊號的檢測器,(2)SOPM(光學式檢測器),(3)渦電流式檢測器,(4)取得與研磨台旋轉用馬達的馬達電流變動相關的測定訊號的檢測器。In a 37th aspect, the polishing apparatus according to the 36th aspect, wherein the signal is obtained by a detector or a plurality of detectors of different types. As the detectors of different types used in the present embodiment, there are the following detectors and the like. That is, (1) a detector that acquires a measurement signal related to a torque fluctuation of the swing shaft motor, (2) an SOPM (optical detector), (3) an eddy current detector, and (4) acquisition and rotation of the polishing table. A detector for the measurement signal associated with the motor current variation of the motor.

在第38方式中,採用一種研磨方法,其特徵在於包括藉由通訊單元連接基板處理裝置和資料處理裝置的步驟;利用所述基板處理裝置研磨基板並取得與研磨相關的訊號的步驟;及藉由所述資料處理裝置,基於所述基板處理裝置取得的訊號,更新與研磨處理相關的參數的步驟。In a 38th aspect, a polishing method is provided, comprising: a step of connecting a substrate processing apparatus and a data processing apparatus by a communication unit; a step of polishing the substrate by the substrate processing apparatus to obtain a signal related to polishing; and borrowing The data processing device updates the parameters related to the polishing process based on the signals acquired by the substrate processing device.

在第39方式中,採用一種研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有對基板進行研磨並且取得與研磨相關的訊號的基板處理裝置、中間處理裝置、及資料處理裝置,基板處理裝置和中間處理裝置藉由第一通訊手段連接,中間處理裝置和資料處理裝置藉由第二通訊手段連接,所述中間處理裝置基於所述基板處理裝置取得的訊號,作成與研磨處理相關的資料組,所述資料處理裝置基於所述資料組監測所述基板處理裝置的研磨處理的狀態,所述中間處理裝置或所述資料處理裝置基於所述資料組而檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點。In a thirty-first aspect, a polishing apparatus comprising a substrate processing apparatus, an intermediate processing apparatus, and a data processing apparatus for polishing a substrate and obtaining a signal related to polishing, wherein the substrate processing apparatus and the intermediate processing apparatus are provided a communication means is connected, the intermediate processing device and the data processing device are connected by a second communication means, and the intermediate processing device creates a data group related to the polishing process based on the signal obtained by the substrate processing device, the data processing device is based on The data set monitors a state of the polishing process of the substrate processing apparatus, and the intermediate processing apparatus or the data processing apparatus detects a polishing end point indicating the end of the polishing based on the data set.

在第40方式中,可採用研磨裝置,其特徵在於第39方式中所述訊號藉由一種檢測器或種類不同的複數個檢測器取得。作為本方式所使用的種類不同的檢測器,有以下檢測器等。即(1)取得與擺動軸馬達的轉矩變動相關的測定訊號的檢測器,(2)SOPM(光學式檢測器),(3)渦電流式檢測器,(4)取得與研磨台旋轉用馬達的馬達電流變動相關的測定訊號的檢測器。In the 40th aspect, the polishing apparatus may be employed, characterized in that the signal in the 39th mode is obtained by a detector or a plurality of detectors of different types. As the detectors of different types used in the present embodiment, there are the following detectors and the like. That is, (1) a detector that acquires a measurement signal related to a torque fluctuation of the swing shaft motor, (2) an SOPM (optical detector), (3) an eddy current detector, and (4) acquisition and rotation of the polishing table. A detector for the measurement signal associated with the motor current variation of the motor.

在第41方式中,在第39方式中,作為所述資料組的示例,有以下資料組。能夠將所述檢測器輸出的檢測器訊號、所需的控制參數作為資料組。即,資料組能夠包括:頂環對半導體晶圓的按壓、擺動軸馬達的電流、研磨台的馬達電流、光學式檢測器的測定訊號、渦電流式檢測器的測定訊號、研磨墊上的頂環的位置、漿料與藥液的流量/種類、以及上述資訊的相關計算資料等。In the 41st aspect, in the 39th aspect, as an example of the material group, the following data group is available. The detector signal output by the detector and the required control parameters can be used as a data set. That is, the data set can include: the top ring presses the semiconductor wafer, the current of the swing axis motor, the motor current of the polishing table, the measurement signal of the optical detector, the measurement signal of the eddy current detector, and the top ring on the polishing pad. The position, the flow rate/type of the slurry and the liquid medicine, and the related calculation data of the above information.

在第42方式中,第39方式中,作為所述資料組的發送方法的示例,有以下情況。使用將一維資料平行發送的發送系統或將一維資料時序性地發送的發送系統而能夠來進行發送。另外,能夠將上述一維資料加工為二維資料,作為資料組。In the forty-second aspect, in the thirty-ninth aspect, the following is an example of the method of transmitting the data group. The transmission can be performed using a transmission system that transmits one-dimensional data in parallel or a transmission system that sequentially transmits one-dimensional data. In addition, the above-described one-dimensional data can be processed into two-dimensional data as a data group.

在第43方式中,第39方式中,能夠抽出訊號值變動較大的訊號而更新研磨參數。作為更新研磨參數的方法,例如,有以下方法。藉由在主檢測器和副檢測器兩者的目標值設置優先比例係數(加權係數),指定主檢測器與副檢測器的影響比例。抽出訊號值變動較大的訊號來更新優先比例係數。此外,在訊號值的變動中,有僅在短時間變動和在整個長時間變動。另外,訊號值的變動是指訊號值與時間相關的微分值或與時間相關的差值等。In the thirteenth aspect, in the thirty-ninth aspect, the polishing parameter can be updated by extracting a signal having a large fluctuation in the signal value. As a method of updating the polishing parameters, for example, there are the following methods. The influence ratio of the main detector to the sub detector is specified by setting a priority proportional coefficient (weighting coefficient) at a target value of both the main detector and the sub detector. The signal with a large change in the signal value is extracted to update the priority ratio coefficient. In addition, in the fluctuation of the signal value, there is a change only in a short time and a long time. In addition, the change of the signal value refers to a time value-related differential value or a time-dependent difference value of the signal value.

在第44方式中,採用一種研磨方法,其特徵在於包括:藉由第一通訊手段連接對基板進行研磨並取得與研磨相關的訊號的基板處理裝置與中間處理裝置的步驟;藉由第二通訊手段連接所述中間處理裝置與資料處理裝置的步驟;所述中間處理裝置基於所述基板處理裝置取得的訊號作成與研磨處理相關的資料組的步驟;所述資料處理裝置基於所述資料組監測所述基板處理裝置的研磨處理的狀態的步驟;及所述中間處理裝置或所述資料處理裝置基於所述資料組檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。In a 44th aspect, a polishing method is provided, comprising: a step of connecting a substrate processing apparatus and an intermediate processing apparatus for polishing a substrate to obtain a signal related to polishing by a first communication means; and the second communication a step of connecting the intermediate processing device and the data processing device; the intermediate processing device creating a data set related to the polishing process based on the signal acquired by the substrate processing device; the data processing device monitoring based on the data group a step of a state of the polishing process of the substrate processing apparatus; and a step of detecting, by the intermediate processing device or the data processing device, a polishing end point indicating the end of the polishing based on the data set.

在第45方式中,採用一種研磨方法,用於在研磨墊和與所述研磨墊相對配置的被研磨物之間進行研磨,其特徵在於包括: 藉由研磨台保持所述研磨墊的步驟; 旋轉驅動所述研磨台的步驟; 旋轉驅動用於保持所述被研磨物並且往所述研磨墊按壓的保持部的步驟; 在所述研磨台的內部配置第10方式記載的渦電流式檢測器的步驟; 伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉,藉由第一步驟、第二步驟、第三步驟中至少一個步驟由檢測線圈檢測形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流的步驟,前述第一步驟係藉由所述檢測線圈檢測由所述內部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流,前述第二步驟係藉由所述檢測線圈檢測由所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流,前述第三步驟係藉由所述檢測線圈檢測由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈兩者所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流; 從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。In a 45th aspect, a polishing method is used for polishing between a polishing pad and an object to be polished disposed opposite to the polishing pad, characterized by comprising: a step of holding the polishing pad by a polishing table; a step of rotationally driving the polishing table; a step of rotationally driving a holding portion for holding the object to be polished and pressed against the polishing pad; and an eddy current type detector according to the tenth aspect of the polishing table a step of detecting an eddy current formed in the object to be polished by the detecting coil by at least one of the first step, the second step, and the third step, along with the rotation of the polishing table, the first step The eddy current formed by the inner coil on the object to be polished is detected by the detecting coil, and the second step is performed by the detecting coil to detect that the object is formed on the object to be polished by the outer coil An eddy current, the third step of detecting, by the detecting coil, an eddy current formed by the inner coil and the outer coil on the object to be polished; The eddy current detection is a step of indicating the end of the polishing of the end of the polishing of the object to be polished.

以下,參照附圖對本發明的實施方式進行說明。此外,在以下的各實施方式中,有時會對相同或相當的部件標注相同的附圖標記並省略重複說明。另外,在各實施方式中所示的特徵在不互相矛盾的限度內,也能夠適用於其他實施方式。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In the following embodiments, the same or corresponding components are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will not be repeated. Further, the features shown in the respective embodiments can be applied to other embodiments without being contradictory.

圖1是表示本發明的一實施方式的基板處理裝置的整體結構的俯視圖。如圖1所示,該基板處理裝置具有殼體部,即,本實施方式中大致矩形狀的殼體61。殼體61具有側壁700。殼體61的內部利用分隔壁1a、1b劃分為裝載/卸載部62、研磨部63及清洗部64。這些裝載/卸載部62、研磨部63以及清洗部64分別獨立地組裝,並獨立排氣。另外,基板處理裝置具有控制基板處理動作的控制部65。1 is a plan view showing an overall configuration of a substrate processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the substrate processing apparatus has a casing portion, that is, a casing 61 having a substantially rectangular shape in the present embodiment. The housing 61 has a side wall 700. The inside of the casing 61 is divided into a loading/unloading portion 62, a polishing portion 63, and a cleaning portion 64 by partition walls 1a, 1b. The loading/unloading unit 62, the polishing unit 63, and the cleaning unit 64 are separately assembled and independently exhausted. Further, the substrate processing apparatus has a control unit 65 that controls the substrate processing operation.

裝載/卸載部62具有供儲存大量半導體晶圓(基板)的晶圓盒載置的兩個以上(在本實施方式中四個)的前部裝載部20。這些前部裝載部20與殼體61相鄰配置,並沿著基板處理裝置的寬度方向(與長度方向垂直的方向)排列。在前部裝載部20能夠搭載開放盒、SMIF(Standard Manufacturing Interface:標準製造介面)盒或FOUP(Front Opening Unified 罐:前開式晶圓盒)。在此,SMIF,FOUP是藉由在內部收納晶圓盒,並利用分隔壁覆蓋,而能夠保證與外部空間獨立的環境的密閉容器。The loading/unloading unit 62 has two or more (four in the present embodiment) front loading unit 20 on which a wafer cassette storing a large number of semiconductor wafers (substrates) is placed. These front loading portions 20 are disposed adjacent to the casing 61 and arranged along the width direction (direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction) of the substrate processing apparatus. The front loading unit 20 can be equipped with an open box, a SMIF (Standard Manufacturing Interface) box, or a FOUP (Front Opening Unified Tank). Here, the SMIF and the FOUP are sealed containers in which the wafer cassette is housed inside and covered with a partition wall to ensure an environment independent of the external space.

另外,在裝載/卸載部62,沿著前部裝載部20的排列敷設有行駛機構21。在行駛機構21上設置有能夠沿晶圓盒的排列方向移動的兩台搬運用機器人(裝載機)22。搬運用機器人22藉由在行駛機構21上移動而能夠對搭載於前部裝載部20的晶圓盒進行存取。各個搬運用機器人22在上下具有兩個機械手。上側的機械手在將處理的半導體晶圓返回晶圓盒時使用。下側的機械手在將處理前的半導體晶圓從晶圓盒取出時使用。這樣,上下的機械手分開使用。另外,搬運用機器人22的下側的機械手藉由繞其軸心旋轉,而能夠使半導體晶圓翻轉。Further, in the loading/unloading unit 62, the traveling mechanism 21 is placed along the arrangement of the front loading unit 20. The traveling mechanism 21 is provided with two transport robots (loaders) 22 that are movable in the arrangement direction of the wafer cassette. The transport robot 22 can access the wafer cassette mounted on the front loading unit 20 by moving on the travel mechanism 21 . Each of the transport robots 22 has two robots on the upper and lower sides. The upper robot is used when returning the processed semiconductor wafer to the wafer cassette. The lower robot is used when the semiconductor wafer before processing is taken out from the wafer cassette. In this way, the upper and lower robots are used separately. Further, the robot on the lower side of the transport robot 22 can rotate the semiconductor wafer by rotating around its axis.

裝載/卸載部62是需要保持最清潔狀態的區域。因此,裝載/卸載部62的內部常態維持為比基板處理裝置外部、研磨部63以及清洗部64中的任一個高的壓力。研磨部63因為是使用漿料作為研磨液,為最髒的區域。因此,在研磨部63的內部形成負壓,其壓力維持為比清洗部64的內部壓力低。在裝載/卸載部62設有具有HEPA濾網、ULPA濾網、或化學濾網等空氣清淨濾網的過濾風扇單元(未圖示)。從過濾風扇單元,常態吹出經除去粒子或有毒蒸氣、有毒氣體的乾淨空氣。The loading/unloading portion 62 is an area that needs to be kept in the cleanest state. Therefore, the internal normal state of the loading/unloading portion 62 is maintained at a higher pressure than any of the substrate processing apparatus, the polishing unit 63, and the cleaning unit 64. The polishing portion 63 is the dirtiest region because the slurry is used as the polishing liquid. Therefore, a negative pressure is formed inside the polishing portion 63, and the pressure is maintained lower than the internal pressure of the cleaning portion 64. The loading/unloading unit 62 is provided with a filter fan unit (not shown) having an air cleaning filter such as a HEPA filter, a ULPA filter, or a chemical filter. From the filter fan unit, clean air is removed from the particles or toxic vapors and toxic gases.

研磨部63為進行半導體晶圓的研磨(平坦化)的區域,具有第一研磨單元3A,第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C,第四研磨單元3D。如圖1所示,第一研磨單元3A,第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C,以及第四研磨單元3D沿著基板處理裝置的長度方向排列。The polishing unit 63 is a region for polishing (planarizing) the semiconductor wafer, and includes a first polishing unit 3A, a second polishing unit 3B, a third polishing unit 3C, and a fourth polishing unit 3D. As shown in FIG. 1, the first polishing unit 3A, the second polishing unit 3B, the third polishing unit 3C, and the fourth polishing unit 3D are arranged along the longitudinal direction of the substrate processing apparatus.

如圖1所示,第一研磨單元3A具有研磨台30A、頂環31A、研磨液供給噴嘴32A、修整器33A、噴霧器34A。在研磨台30A安裝有具有研磨面的研磨墊10。頂環(保持部)31A保持半導體晶圓,並且將半導體晶圓一邊按壓至研磨台30A上的研磨墊10一邊研磨。研磨液供給噴嘴32A供給研磨液、修整液(例如,純水)至研磨墊10。修整器33A進行研磨墊10的研磨面的修整。噴霧器34A使液體(例如純水)與氣體(例如氮氣)的混合流體或液體(例如純水)成為霧狀並噴射至研磨面。As shown in FIG. 1, the first polishing unit 3A has a polishing table 30A, a top ring 31A, a polishing liquid supply nozzle 32A, a dresser 33A, and a sprayer 34A. A polishing pad 10 having a polishing surface is attached to the polishing table 30A. The top ring (holding portion) 31A holds the semiconductor wafer and polishes the semiconductor wafer while pressing it onto the polishing pad 10 on the polishing table 30A. The polishing liquid supply nozzle 32A supplies a polishing liquid, a conditioning liquid (for example, pure water) to the polishing pad 10. The dresser 33A performs trimming of the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10. The atomizer 34A sprays a mixed fluid or a liquid (for example, pure water) of a liquid (for example, pure water) with a gas (for example, nitrogen) and sprays it onto the polishing surface.

同樣,第二研磨單元3B具有:安裝有研磨墊10的研磨台30B、頂環31B、研磨液供給噴嘴32B、修整器33B及噴霧器34B。第三研磨單元3C具有:安裝有研磨墊10的研磨台30C、頂環31C、研磨液供給噴嘴32C、修整器33C及噴霧器34C。第四研磨單元3D具有:安裝有研磨墊10的研磨台30D、頂環31D、研磨液供給噴嘴32D、修整器33D及噴霧器34D。Similarly, the second polishing unit 3B has a polishing table 30B to which the polishing pad 10 is attached, a top ring 31B, a polishing liquid supply nozzle 32B, a dresser 33B, and a sprayer 34B. The third polishing unit 3C has a polishing table 30C to which the polishing pad 10 is attached, a top ring 31C, a polishing liquid supply nozzle 32C, a dresser 33C, and a sprayer 34C. The fourth polishing unit 3D has a polishing table 30D to which the polishing pad 10 is attached, a top ring 31D, a polishing liquid supply nozzle 32D, a dresser 33D, and a sprayer 34D.

第一研磨單元3A,第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C,以及第四研磨單元3D具有彼此相同的結構,因此關於研磨單元的詳細,以下以第一研磨單元3A作為標的進行說明。The first polishing unit 3A, the second polishing unit 3B, the third polishing unit 3C, and the fourth polishing unit 3D have the same structure as each other, and therefore the details of the polishing unit will be described below with reference to the first polishing unit 3A.

圖2是示意性表示第一研磨單元3A的立體圖。頂環31A被頂環軸111支承。在研磨台30A的上表面貼附有研磨墊10,該研磨墊10的上表面構成對半導體晶圓16進行研磨的研磨面。此外,能夠使用固定磨粒代替研磨墊10。頂環31A以及研磨台30A如箭頭所示,構成為繞其軸心旋轉。半導體晶圓16藉由真空吸附被保持於頂環31A的下表面。在研磨時,研磨液從研磨液供給噴嘴32A供給至研磨墊10的研磨面,作為研磨對象的半導體晶圓16藉由頂環31A被按壓於研磨面而被研磨。FIG. 2 is a perspective view schematically showing the first polishing unit 3A. The top ring 31A is supported by the top ring shaft 111. A polishing pad 10 is attached to the upper surface of the polishing table 30A, and the upper surface of the polishing pad 10 constitutes a polishing surface for polishing the semiconductor wafer 16. Further, the abrasive pad 10 can be replaced with a fixed abrasive grain. The top ring 31A and the polishing table 30A are configured to rotate about their axes as indicated by the arrows. The semiconductor wafer 16 is held on the lower surface of the top ring 31A by vacuum suction. At the time of polishing, the polishing liquid is supplied from the polishing liquid supply nozzle 32A to the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10, and the semiconductor wafer 16 to be polished is pressed by the top ring 31A to be polished on the polishing surface.

圖3是示意性表示頂環31A的構造的剖面圖。頂環31A經由萬向接頭637連結於頂環軸111的下端。萬向接頭637是既允許頂環31A與頂環軸111的彼此的傾斜移動,又將頂環軸111的旋轉傳遞至頂環31A的球接頭。頂環31A具有:大致圓盤狀的頂環主體638、配置在頂環主體638的下部的擋環640。頂環主體638由金屬、陶瓷等的強度以及剛性高的材料形成。另外,擋環640由剛性高的樹脂材料或陶瓷等形成。此外,也可以將擋環640與頂環主體638一體形成。Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of the top ring 31A. The top ring 31A is coupled to the lower end of the top ring shaft 111 via a universal joint 637. The universal joint 637 is a ball joint that allows both the tilting movement of the top ring 31A and the top ring shaft 111 and the rotation of the top ring shaft 111 to the top ring 31A. The top ring 31A has a substantially disk-shaped top ring main body 638 and a retaining ring 640 disposed at a lower portion of the top ring main body 638. The top ring main body 638 is formed of a material having high strength and rigidity such as metal or ceramic. Further, the retaining ring 640 is formed of a highly rigid resin material, ceramics, or the like. Further, the retaining ring 640 may be integrally formed with the top ring main body 638.

在形成於頂環主體638以及擋環640的內側的空間內收納有:與半導體晶圓16抵接的圓形的彈性墊642、由彈性膜構成的環狀的加壓片643、保持彈性墊642的大致圓盤狀的夾板644。彈性墊642的上周端部被夾板644保持,在彈性墊642與夾板644之間設有四個壓力室(空氣袋)P1、P2、P3、P4。藉由彈性墊642、夾板644而形成壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4。分別經由流體路徑651、652、653、654而對壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4供給加壓空氣等加壓流體,或者將壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4抽成真空。中央的壓力室P1為圓形,其他壓力室P2、P3、P4為環狀。這些壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4排列在同心上。A circular elastic pad 642 that is in contact with the semiconductor wafer 16 , an annular pressing piece 643 made of an elastic film, and an elastic pad are housed in a space formed inside the top ring main body 638 and the retaining ring 640 . A substantially disc-shaped splint 644 of 642. The upper end portion of the elastic pad 642 is held by the clamp 644, and four pressure chambers (air bags) P1, P2, P3, and P4 are provided between the elastic pad 642 and the clamp 644. The pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 are formed by the elastic pads 642 and the clamp plates 644. The pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 are supplied with pressurized fluid such as pressurized air via the fluid paths 651, 652, 653, and 654, respectively, or the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 are evacuated. The central pressure chamber P1 is circular, and the other pressure chambers P2, P3, and P4 are annular. These pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, P4 are arranged concentrically.

藉由後述的壓力調整部能夠使壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4的內部壓力彼此獨立地變化,由此,能夠獨立地調整對於半導體晶圓16的四個區域,即中央部,內側中間部,外側中間部,以及周緣部的按壓力。另外,藉由使頂環31A的整體升降,變成能以指定的按壓力按壓擋環640至研磨墊10。在夾板644與頂環主體638之間形成有壓力室P5,經由流體路徑655而對該壓力室P5供給加壓流體,或者將該壓力室P5抽成真空。由此,夾板644以及彈性墊642整體能夠在上下方向上移動。The pressure adjusting unit described later can change the internal pressures of the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 independently of each other, thereby independently adjusting the four regions of the semiconductor wafer 16, that is, the central portion and the inner intermediate portion. , the outer middle portion, and the pressing force of the peripheral portion. Further, by raising and lowering the entire top ring 31A, it becomes possible to press the retaining ring 640 to the polishing pad 10 with a predetermined pressing force. A pressure chamber P5 is formed between the clamp plate 644 and the top ring main body 638, and the pressure chamber P5 is supplied with pressurized fluid via the fluid path 655, or the pressure chamber P5 is evacuated. Thereby, the entire plate 644 and the elastic pad 642 can move in the up and down direction.

半導體晶圓16的周端部被擋環640包圍,來讓半導體晶圓16在研磨中不會從頂環31A飛出。在彈性墊642的構成壓力室P3的部位形成有開口(未圖示),藉由在壓力室P3中形成真空,來讓半導體晶圓16被頂環31A吸附保持。另外,藉由向該壓力室P3供給氮氣、乾燥空氣、壓縮空氣等,來讓半導體晶圓16從頂環31A被釋放。The peripheral end portion of the semiconductor wafer 16 is surrounded by the retaining ring 640 so that the semiconductor wafer 16 does not fly out of the top ring 31A during polishing. An opening (not shown) is formed in a portion of the elastic pad 642 constituting the pressure chamber P3, and the semiconductor wafer 16 is suction-held by the top ring 31A by forming a vacuum in the pressure chamber P3. Further, the semiconductor wafer 16 is released from the top ring 31A by supplying nitrogen gas, dry air, compressed air or the like to the pressure chamber P3.

圖4是示意性表示頂環31A的其他構造例的剖面圖。在該例中,將彈性墊642安裝於頂環主體638的下表面而未設置夾板。另外,也沒有設置夾板與頂環主體638之間的壓力室P5。取而代之,在擋環640與頂環主體638之間配置有彈性袋646,並在彈性袋646的內部形成有壓力室P6。擋環640能夠相對於頂環主體638相對地上下移動。在壓力室P6連通有流體路徑656,來讓加壓空氣等加壓流體通過流體路徑656供給至壓力室P6。藉由後述的壓力調整部能夠調整壓力室P6的內部壓力。因此,能夠獨立於對半導體晶圓16的按壓力而調整擋環640對於研磨墊10的按壓力。其他結構以及動作與圖3所示的頂環的結構相同。在本實施方式中,能夠使用圖3或圖4的任一類型的頂環。Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another configuration example of the top ring 31A. In this example, the elastic pad 642 is attached to the lower surface of the top ring main body 638 without providing a splint. In addition, the pressure chamber P5 between the splint and the top ring main body 638 is also not provided. Instead, an elastic bag 646 is disposed between the retaining ring 640 and the top ring main body 638, and a pressure chamber P6 is formed inside the elastic bag 646. The retaining ring 640 is relatively movable up and down relative to the top ring body 638. A fluid path 656 is communicated in the pressure chamber P6 to supply pressurized fluid such as pressurized air to the pressure chamber P6 through the fluid path 656. The internal pressure of the pressure chamber P6 can be adjusted by a pressure adjusting unit to be described later. Therefore, the pressing force of the retaining ring 640 with respect to the polishing pad 10 can be adjusted independently of the pressing force on the semiconductor wafer 16. Other structures and operations are the same as those of the top ring shown in FIG. In the present embodiment, a top ring of any type of FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 can be used.

圖5是用於說明使頂環31A旋轉以及擺動的機構的剖面圖。頂環軸(例如,花鍵軸)111旋轉自如地支承於頂環頭660。另外,頂環軸111經由帶輪661、662以及帶663與馬達M1的旋轉軸連結,利用馬達M1使頂環軸111以及頂環31A繞其軸心旋轉。該馬達M1安裝於頂環頭660的上部。另外,藉由作為上下驅動源的氣缸665連結頂環頭660和頂環軸111。藉由供給至該氣缸665的空氣(壓縮氣體),頂環軸111以及頂環31A一體地上下移動。此外,也可以將具有滾珠絲杠以及伺服馬達的機構作為上下驅動源來使用,來代替氣缸665。Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view for explaining a mechanism for rotating and swinging the top ring 31A. A top ring shaft (for example, a spline shaft) 111 is rotatably supported by the top ring head 660. Further, the top ring shaft 111 is coupled to the rotation shaft of the motor M1 via the pulleys 661 and 662 and the belt 663, and the top ring shaft 111 and the top ring 31A are rotated about the axis thereof by the motor M1. The motor M1 is mounted on the upper portion of the top ring head 660. Further, the top ring head 660 and the top ring shaft 111 are coupled by a cylinder 665 as a vertical driving source. The top ring shaft 111 and the top ring 31A integrally move up and down by the air (compressed gas) supplied to the cylinder 665. Further, instead of the cylinder 665, a mechanism having a ball screw and a servo motor may be used as an up-and-down driving source.

頂環頭660經由軸承672旋轉自如地支承於支承軸667。該支承軸667為固定軸,並為不旋轉的構造。在頂環頭660設置有馬達M2,頂環頭660與馬達M2的相對位置為固定。該馬達M2的旋轉軸經由未圖示的旋轉傳遞機構(齒輪等)與支承軸667連結,藉由使馬達M2旋轉,而讓頂環頭660以支承軸667為中心擺動(揺動)。因此,藉由頂環頭660的擺動運動,支承於其前端的頂環31A在研磨台30A的上方的研磨位置與研磨台30A的側方的搬運位置之間移動。此外,在本實施方式中,使頂環31A擺動的擺動機構由馬達M2構成。The top ring head 660 is rotatably supported by the support shaft 667 via a bearing 672. The support shaft 667 is a fixed shaft and has a non-rotating configuration. The top ring head 660 is provided with a motor M2, and the relative position of the top ring head 660 and the motor M2 is fixed. The rotation shaft of the motor M2 is coupled to the support shaft 667 via a rotation transmission mechanism (such as a gear) (not shown), and the top ring head 660 is swung (centered) around the support shaft 667 by rotating the motor M2. Therefore, by the swinging motion of the top ring head 660, the top ring 31A supported at the front end thereof moves between the polishing position above the polishing table 30A and the side conveyance position of the polishing table 30A. Further, in the present embodiment, the swing mechanism that swings the top ring 31A is constituted by the motor M2.

在頂環軸111的內部形成有延其長度方向延伸的貫通孔(未圖示)。上述頂環31A的流體路徑651、652、653、654、655、656通過該貫通孔,與設於頂環軸111的上端的旋轉接頭669連接。經由該旋轉接頭669供給加壓氣體(乾淨空氣)、氮氣等流體至頂環31A,另外從頂環31A將氣體真空排氣。在旋轉接頭669連接有與上述流體路徑651、652、653、654、655、656(參照圖3以及圖4)連通的複數個流體管670,這些流體管670與壓力調整部675連接。另外,向氣缸665供給加壓空氣的流體管671也與壓力調整部675連接。A through hole (not shown) extending in the longitudinal direction is formed inside the top ring shaft 111. The fluid paths 651, 652, 653, 654, 655, and 656 of the top ring 31A are connected to the rotary joint 669 provided at the upper end of the top ring shaft 111 through the through holes. A fluid such as pressurized gas (clean air) or nitrogen gas is supplied to the top ring 31A via the rotary joint 669, and the gas is vacuum-exhausted from the top ring 31A. A plurality of fluid tubes 670 communicating with the fluid paths 651, 652, 653, 654, 655, and 656 (see FIGS. 3 and 4) are connected to the rotary joint 669, and these fluid tubes 670 are connected to the pressure adjusting portion 675. Further, a fluid pipe 671 that supplies pressurized air to the cylinder 665 is also connected to the pressure adjusting portion 675.

壓力調整部675具有:對供給至頂環31A的流體的壓力進行調整的電氣調節器、與流體管670、671連接的配管、設於這些配管的氣動閥、對構成這些氣動閥的工作源的空氣的壓力進行調整的電氣調節器、及在頂環31A中形成真空的排出器等,上述結構集合而構成一個區塊(單元)。壓力調整部675固定於頂環頭660的上部。藉由該壓力調整部675的電氣調節器調整供給至頂環31A的壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4、P5(參照圖3)的加壓氣體、供給至氣缸665的加壓空氣的壓力。同樣,藉由壓力調整部675的排出器在頂環31A的壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4內、夾板644與頂環主體638之間的壓力室P5內形成真空。The pressure adjusting unit 675 includes an electric regulator that adjusts the pressure of the fluid supplied to the top ring 31A, a pipe that is connected to the fluid pipes 670 and 671, a pneumatic valve provided in the pipes, and a working source that constitutes the pneumatic valves. An electric regulator that adjusts the pressure of the air, an ejector that forms a vacuum in the top ring 31A, and the like are assembled to form one block (unit). The pressure adjusting portion 675 is fixed to the upper portion of the top ring head 660. The pressure of the pressurized gas supplied to the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 (see FIG. 3) of the top ring 31A and the pressurized air supplied to the cylinder 665 is adjusted by the electric regulator of the pressure adjusting unit 675. Similarly, a vacuum is formed in the pressure chamber P5 between the pressure plate P1, P2, P3, and P4 of the top ring 31A and the pressure chamber P5 between the clamp 644 and the top ring main body 638 by the ejector of the pressure adjusting portion 675.

這樣,由於作為壓力調整設備的電氣調節器、閥配置在頂環31A的附近,因此提高頂環31A內的壓力的控制性。更具體而言,由於電氣調節器與壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4、P5的距離近,因此對於來自控制部65的壓力變更指令的回應性提升。同樣,由於作為真空源的排出器也設置在頂環31A的附近,因此在頂環31A內形成真空時的回應性提升。另外,能夠將壓力調整部675的背面作為電裝設備的安裝用台座來利用,能夠不需要以往所需要的安裝用的框架。In this way, since the electric regulator and the valve as the pressure adjusting device are disposed in the vicinity of the top ring 31A, the controllability of the pressure in the top ring 31A is improved. More specifically, since the distance between the electric regulator and the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 is short, the responsiveness to the pressure change command from the control unit 65 is improved. Also, since the ejector as a vacuum source is also disposed in the vicinity of the top ring 31A, the responsiveness is increased when a vacuum is formed in the top ring 31A. In addition, the back surface of the pressure adjustment unit 675 can be used as a mounting pedestal of the electrical equipment, and the frame for mounting which has been conventionally required can be eliminated.

頂環頭660,頂環31A,壓力調整部675,頂環軸111,馬達M1,馬達M2,氣缸665構成為一個模組(以下,稱作頂環組件)。即,頂環軸111,馬達M1,馬達M2,壓力調整部675,氣缸665安裝於頂環頭660。頂環頭660構成為能夠從支承軸667拆卸下來。因此,藉由使頂環頭660與支承軸667分離,能夠將頂環組件從基板處理裝置拆卸。利用如上所述的結構,能夠提升支承軸667、頂環頭660等的維護性。例如,在從軸承672產生異響時,能夠容易地更換軸承672,另外,在更換馬達M2、旋轉傳遞機構(減速器)時,也不需要拆卸相鄰的設備。The top ring head 660, the top ring 31A, the pressure adjusting portion 675, the top ring shaft 111, the motor M1, the motor M2, and the cylinder 665 are configured as one module (hereinafter referred to as a top ring assembly). That is, the top ring shaft 111, the motor M1, the motor M2, the pressure adjusting portion 675, and the cylinder 665 are attached to the top ring head 660. The top ring head 660 is configured to be detachable from the support shaft 667. Therefore, the top ring assembly can be detached from the substrate processing apparatus by separating the top ring head 660 from the support shaft 667. With the structure as described above, the maintainability of the support shaft 667, the top ring head 660, and the like can be improved. For example, when an abnormal noise is generated from the bearing 672, the bearing 672 can be easily replaced, and when the motor M2 and the rotation transmission mechanism (reducer) are replaced, it is not necessary to disassemble the adjacent equipment.

圖6是示意性表示研磨台30A的內部構造的剖面圖。如圖6所示,在研磨台30A的內部埋設有檢測半導體晶圓16的膜的狀態的檢測器676。在該示例中,使用渦電流式檢測器作為檢測器676。檢測器676的訊號發送至控制部65,讓表示膜厚的監測訊號藉由控制部65產生。該監測訊號(以及檢測器訊號)的值並不表示膜厚本身,但監測訊號的值根據膜厚變化。因此,監測訊號是能夠表示半導體晶圓16的膜厚的訊號。Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the internal structure of the polishing table 30A. As shown in FIG. 6, a detector 676 that detects the state of the film of the semiconductor wafer 16 is buried inside the polishing table 30A. In this example, an eddy current detector is used as the detector 676. The signal of the detector 676 is sent to the control unit 65, and the monitoring signal indicating the film thickness is generated by the control unit 65. The value of the monitoring signal (and the detector signal) does not indicate the film thickness itself, but the value of the monitoring signal varies depending on the film thickness. Therefore, the monitor signal is a signal capable of indicating the film thickness of the semiconductor wafer 16.

控制部65基於監測訊號決定各個壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4的內部壓力,來輸出指令至壓力調整部675,讓所決定的內部壓力形成於各個壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4。控制部65作為基於監測訊號操作各個壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4的內部壓力的壓力控制部以及檢測研磨終點的終點檢測部發揮作用。The control unit 65 determines the internal pressure of each of the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 based on the monitoring signal, and outputs a command to the pressure adjusting unit 675 to cause the determined internal pressure to be formed in each of the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4. The control unit 65 functions as a pressure control unit that operates the internal pressure of each of the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 based on the monitoring signal, and an end point detection unit that detects the polishing end point.

與第一研磨單元3A同樣地,檢測器676也設於第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C以及第四研磨單元3D的研磨台。控制部65從各個研磨單元3A~3D的檢測器676送來的訊號產生監測訊號,監測在各個研磨單元3A~3D中的半導體晶圓的研磨的進展。在複數個半導體晶圓被研磨單元3A~3D研磨的情況下,控制部5在研磨中監測表示半導體晶圓的膜厚的監測訊號,並基於這些監測訊號控制頂環31A~31D的按壓力,讓在研磨單元3A~3D中的研磨時間大致相同。如此,以基於監測訊號調整研磨中的頂環31A~31D的按壓力的方式,能夠使得在研磨單元3A~3D中的研磨時間平均化。Similarly to the first polishing unit 3A, the detector 676 is also provided in the polishing stations of the second polishing unit 3B, the third polishing unit 3C, and the fourth polishing unit 3D. The control unit 65 generates a monitor signal from the signal sent from the detectors 676 of the respective polishing units 3A to 3D, and monitors the progress of the polishing of the semiconductor wafer in each of the polishing units 3A to 3D. When a plurality of semiconductor wafers are polished by the polishing units 3A to 3D, the control unit 5 monitors the monitoring signals indicating the film thickness of the semiconductor wafer during polishing, and controls the pressing forces of the top rings 31A to 31D based on the monitoring signals. The polishing time in the polishing units 3A to 3D is made substantially the same. In this manner, the polishing time in the polishing units 3A to 3D can be averaged by adjusting the pressing force of the top rings 31A to 31D in the polishing based on the monitoring signal.

也可以以第一研磨單元3A,第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C,第四研磨單元3D的任一,或者從這些研磨單元3A~3D預先選擇的複數個研磨單元連續地研磨半導體晶圓16。例如,也可以按照第一研磨單元3A→第二研磨單元3B的順序研磨半導體晶圓16,或者也可以按照第三研磨單元3C→第四研磨單元3D的順序研磨半導體晶圓16。另外,也可以按照第一研磨單元3A→第二研磨單元3B→第三研磨單元3C→第四研磨單元3D的順序研磨半導體晶圓16。在任一情況下,以使研磨單元3A~3D的所有的研磨時間平均化的方式,能夠提升產出。It is also possible to continuously polish the semiconductor crystal by any one of the first polishing unit 3A, the second polishing unit 3B, the third polishing unit 3C, the fourth polishing unit 3D, or a plurality of polishing units previously selected from the polishing units 3A to 3D. Round 16. For example, the semiconductor wafer 16 may be polished in the order of the first polishing unit 3A → the second polishing unit 3B, or the semiconductor wafer 16 may be polished in the order of the third polishing unit 3C → the fourth polishing unit 3D. Further, the semiconductor wafer 16 may be polished in the order of the first polishing unit 3A → the second polishing unit 3B → the third polishing unit 3C → the fourth polishing unit 3D. In either case, the output can be improved in such a manner that all the polishing times of the polishing units 3A to 3D are averaged.

渦電流式檢測器適宜用於半導體晶圓的膜為金屬膜的情況。在半導體晶圓的膜為氧化膜等具有透光性的膜的情況下,能夠使用光學式檢測器作為檢測器676。或者,也可以使用微波檢測器作為檢測器676。微波檢測器能夠用於金屬膜以及非金屬膜的任一情況。以下,對光學式檢測器以及微波檢測器的一例進行說明。The eddy current type detector is suitably used in the case where the film of the semiconductor wafer is a metal film. When the film of the semiconductor wafer is a translucent film such as an oxide film, an optical detector can be used as the detector 676. Alternatively, a microwave detector can also be used as the detector 676. The microwave detector can be used in any case of a metal film as well as a non-metal film. Hereinafter, an example of an optical detector and a microwave detector will be described.

圖7是表示具有光學式檢測器的研磨台的示意圖。如圖7所示,在研磨台30A的內部埋設有檢測半導體晶圓16的膜的狀態的光學式檢測器676。該檢測器676照射光至半導體晶圓16,並從來自半導體晶圓16的反射光的強度(反射強度或反射率)檢測半導體晶圓16的膜的狀態(膜厚等)。Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing a polishing table having an optical detector. As shown in FIG. 7, an optical detector 676 that detects the state of the film of the semiconductor wafer 16 is embedded in the polishing table 30A. The detector 676 irradiates light onto the semiconductor wafer 16 and detects the state (film thickness, etc.) of the film of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the intensity (reflection intensity or reflectance) of the reflected light from the semiconductor wafer 16.

另外,在研磨墊10安裝有供來自檢測器676的光穿透用的透光部677。該透光部677係以穿透率高的材質形成,例如由無發泡聚氨酯等形成。或者,也可以藉由在研磨墊10設置貫通孔,在該貫通孔被半導體晶圓16封堵期間,從下方使透明液體流動,而構成透光部677。透光部677配置在被頂環31A保持的半導體晶圓16的中心的位置。Further, a light transmitting portion 677 for penetrating light from the detector 676 is attached to the polishing pad 10. The light transmitting portion 677 is formed of a material having a high transmittance, and is formed of, for example, non-foamed polyurethane. Alternatively, a through hole may be formed in the polishing pad 10, and the transparent liquid may flow from below while the through hole is blocked by the semiconductor wafer 16, thereby forming the light transmitting portion 677. The light transmitting portion 677 is disposed at a position of the center of the semiconductor wafer 16 held by the top ring 31A.

如圖7所示,檢測器676具有:光源678a;作為使來自光源678a的光照射至半導體晶圓16的被研磨面的發光部的發光光纖678b;作為接受來自被研磨面的反射光的收光部的收光光纖678c;內部具有將藉由收光光纖678c接收的光分光的分光器以及儲存由該分光器分光出的光作為電氣資訊的複數個收光元件之分光器單元678d;控制光源678a的點亮以及熄滅、分光器單元678d內的收光元件開始讀取的時點等的動作控制部678e;供給電力至動作控制部678e的電源678f。此外,經由動作控制部678e供給電力至光源678a以及分光器單元678d。As shown in FIG. 7, the detector 676 includes a light source 678a, an illuminating fiber 678b as a light-emitting portion that irradiates light from the light source 678a to the surface to be polished of the semiconductor wafer 16, and receives light reflected from the surface to be polished. a light-receiving optical fiber 678c of the optical portion; a spectroscope having a light splitter that splits the light received by the light-receiving fiber 678c; and a splitter unit 678d that stores a plurality of light-receiving elements that are separated by the splitter as electrical information; The operation control unit 678e that lights up and turns off the light source 678a, the time when the light-receiving element in the spectroscope unit 678d starts reading, and the power supply 678f that supplies power to the operation control unit 678e. Further, electric power is supplied to the light source 678a and the spectroscope unit 678d via the operation control unit 678e.

發光光纖678b的發光端和收光光纖678c的收光端構成為相對於半導體晶圓16的被研磨面大致垂直。作為分光器單元678d內的收光元件,例如可使用128元件的光電二極體陣列。分光器單元678d與動作控制部678e連接。來自分光器單元678d內的收光元件的資訊送至動作控制部678e,並基於該資訊產生反射光的光譜資料。即,動作控制部678e讀取儲存在收光元件的電氣資訊而產生反射光的光譜資料。該光譜資料表示根據波長而被分解的反射光的強度,且會根據膜厚而變化。The light-emitting end of the light-emitting fiber 678b and the light-receiving end of the light-receiving fiber 678c are formed to be substantially perpendicular to the surface to be polished of the semiconductor wafer 16. As the light-receiving element in the spectroscope unit 678d, for example, a 128-element photodiode array can be used. The spectroscope unit 678d is connected to the operation control unit 678e. Information from the light-receiving element in the spectroscope unit 678d is sent to the operation control unit 678e, and spectral data of the reflected light is generated based on the information. That is, the operation control unit 678e reads the electrical information stored in the light-receiving element to generate spectral data of the reflected light. This spectral data indicates the intensity of the reflected light that is decomposed according to the wavelength, and varies depending on the film thickness.

動作控制部678e與上述控制部65連接。這樣一來,在動作控制部678e產生的光譜資料發送至控制部65。在控制部65中,基於從動作控制部678e接收到的光譜資料,計算與半導體晶圓16的膜厚相關聯的特性值,並將其作為監測訊號使用。The operation control unit 678e is connected to the control unit 65. In this way, the spectral data generated by the motion control unit 678e is transmitted to the control unit 65. The control unit 65 calculates a characteristic value associated with the film thickness of the semiconductor wafer 16 based on the spectral data received from the operation control unit 678e, and uses it as a monitoring signal.

圖8是表示具有微波檢測器的研磨台的示意圖。檢測器676具有:將微波向半導體晶圓16的被研磨面照射的天線680a、供給微波至天線680a的檢測器主體680b、及將天線680a與檢測器主體680b連接的導波管681。天線680a配置為埋設於研磨台30A,並與保持於頂環31A的半導體晶圓16的中心位置相對。Fig. 8 is a schematic view showing a polishing table having a microwave detector. The detector 676 includes an antenna 680a that irradiates microwaves onto the surface to be polished of the semiconductor wafer 16, a detector body 680b that supplies microwaves to the antenna 680a, and a waveguide 681 that connects the antenna 680a and the detector body 680b. The antenna 680a is disposed to be embedded in the polishing table 30A and opposed to the center position of the semiconductor wafer 16 held by the top ring 31A.

檢測器主體680b具有:產生微波而供給微波至天線680a的微波源680c;使藉由微波源680c所產生的微波(入射波)與從半導體晶圓16的表面反射的微波(反射波)分離的分離器680d;及接收由分離器680d分離出的反射波而檢測反射波的振幅以及相位的檢測部680e。此外,作為分離器680d,適宜使用定向耦合器。The detector body 680b has a microwave source 680c that generates microwaves to supply microwaves to the antenna 680a, and separates microwaves (incident waves) generated by the microwave source 680c from microwaves (reflected waves) reflected from the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16. The separator 680d; and a detecting unit 680e that receives the reflected wave separated by the separator 680d and detects the amplitude and phase of the reflected wave. Further, as the separator 680d, a directional coupler is suitably used.

天線680a經由導波管681與分離器680d連接。微波源680c與分離器680d連接,由微波源680c產生的微波經由分離器680d以及導波管681向天線680a供給。微波從天線680a向半導體晶圓16照射,穿透(貫通)研磨墊10到達半導體晶圓16。來自半導體晶圓16的反射波再次穿透度研磨墊10後,由天線680a接收。The antenna 680a is connected to the splitter 680d via a waveguide 681. The microwave source 680c is connected to the separator 680d, and the microwave generated by the microwave source 680c is supplied to the antenna 680a via the separator 680d and the waveguide 681. The microwaves are radiated from the antenna 680a to the semiconductor wafer 16, and penetrate (through) the polishing pad 10 to reach the semiconductor wafer 16. The reflected wave from the semiconductor wafer 16 again penetrates the polishing pad 10 and is received by the antenna 680a.

反射波從天線680a經由導波管681送至分離器680d,藉由分離器680d使入射波與反射波分離。由分離器680d分離出的反射波被傳送至檢測部680e。在檢測部680e中檢測反射波的振幅以及相位。反射波的振幅作為電力(dbm或W)或電壓(V)被檢測,反射波的相位由內置於檢測部680e的相位計測器(未圖示)檢測。由檢測部680e檢測出的反射波的振幅以及相位被送至控制部65,在此基於反射波的振幅以及相位分析半導體晶圓16的金屬膜、非金屬膜等的膜厚。藉由控制部65監測分析出的值作為監測訊號。The reflected wave is sent from the antenna 680a to the splitter 680d via the waveguide 681, and the incident wave is separated from the reflected wave by the splitter 680d. The reflected wave separated by the separator 680d is sent to the detecting portion 680e. The amplitude and phase of the reflected wave are detected by the detecting unit 680e. The amplitude of the reflected wave is detected as electric power (dbm or W) or voltage (V), and the phase of the reflected wave is detected by a phase measuring device (not shown) built in the detecting unit 680e. The amplitude and phase of the reflected wave detected by the detecting unit 680e are sent to the control unit 65, where the film thickness of the metal film, the non-metal film, or the like of the semiconductor wafer 16 is analyzed based on the amplitude and phase of the reflected wave. The analyzed value is monitored by the control unit 65 as a monitoring signal.

圖9是表示作為本發明的一實施例可使用的修整器33A的立體圖。如圖9所示,修整器33A具有:修整器臂685;旋轉自如地安裝在修整器臂685的前端的修整部件686;與修整器臂685的另一端連結的擺動軸688;作為以擺動軸688為中心使修整器臂685擺動(搖擺)的驅動機構的馬達689。修整部件686具有圓形的修整面,在修整面固定有硬質的粒子。作為該硬質的粒子,列舉金剛石粒子、陶瓷粒子等。在修整器臂685內內置有未圖示的馬達,利用該馬達使修整部件686旋轉。擺動軸688與未圖示的升降機構連結,藉由該升降機構使修整器臂685下降的方式,而讓修整部件686按壓研磨墊10的研磨面。Fig. 9 is a perspective view showing a dresser 33A which can be used as an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Fig. 9, the dresser 33A has a dresser arm 685, a dressing member 686 rotatably attached to the front end of the dresser arm 685, and a swing shaft 688 coupled to the other end of the dresser arm 685; 688 is a motor 689 that drives a drive mechanism that swings (swings) the trimmer arm 685. The trimming member 686 has a rounded trim surface to which hard particles are fixed. Examples of the hard particles include diamond particles, ceramic particles, and the like. A motor (not shown) is built in the dresser arm 685, and the trimming member 686 is rotated by the motor. The swing shaft 688 is coupled to an elevating mechanism (not shown), and the trimming member 686 presses the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10 by the elevating mechanism lowering the dresser arm 685.

圖10(a)是表示噴霧器34A的立體圖。噴霧器34A具有:在下部具有一個或複數個噴射孔的臂690、與該臂690連結的流體流路691、支承臂690的擺動軸694。圖10(b)是表示臂690的下部的示意圖。在圖10(b)所示的示例中,在臂690的下部等間隔地形成有複數個噴射孔690a。作為流體流路691,能夠由軟管、或管或該等之組合而構成。Fig. 10 (a) is a perspective view showing the atomizer 34A. The atomizer 34A has an arm 690 having one or a plurality of injection holes at a lower portion, a fluid flow path 691 coupled to the arm 690, and a swing shaft 694 of the support arm 690. FIG. 10(b) is a schematic view showing a lower portion of the arm 690. In the example shown in FIG. 10(b), a plurality of injection holes 690a are formed at equal intervals in the lower portion of the arm 690. The fluid flow path 691 can be constituted by a hose, a tube, or a combination of the above.

圖11(a)是表示噴霧器34A的內部構造的側視圖,圖11(b)是表示噴霧器34A的俯視圖。流體流路691的開口端部與未圖示的流體供給管連接,而讓流體從該流體供給管供給至流體流路691。作為所使用的流體的示例,列舉液體(例如純水),或液體與氣體的混合流體(例如,純水與氮氣的混合流體)等。流體流路691與臂690的噴射孔690a連通,流體成為霧狀而從噴射孔690a被噴射至研磨墊10的研磨面。Fig. 11 (a) is a side view showing the internal structure of the atomizer 34A, and Fig. 11 (b) is a plan view showing the atomizer 34A. The opening end of the fluid flow path 691 is connected to a fluid supply pipe (not shown), and the fluid is supplied from the fluid supply pipe to the fluid flow path 691. As an example of the fluid to be used, a liquid (for example, pure water), a mixed fluid of a liquid and a gas (for example, a mixed fluid of pure water and nitrogen), or the like is exemplified. The fluid flow path 691 communicates with the injection hole 690a of the arm 690, and the fluid is sprayed and ejected from the injection hole 690a to the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10.

如圖10(a)以及圖11(b)的虛線所示,臂690以擺動軸694為中心而能夠在清洗位置與退避位置之間迴旋。臂690的可動角度為約90°。通常,如圖1所示,臂690位於清洗位置,並沿研磨墊10的研磨面的徑向配置。在研磨墊10的更換等維護時,臂690由手動移動至退避位置。因此,在維護時不需要拆卸臂690,能夠提升維護性。此外,也可以將旋轉機構與擺動軸694連結,並藉由該旋轉機構使臂690迴旋。As shown by the broken lines in FIGS. 10( a ) and 11 ( b ), the arm 690 is rotatable between the washing position and the retracted position centering on the swing shaft 694 . The movable angle of the arm 690 is about 90°. Generally, as shown in FIG. 1, the arms 690 are located in the cleaning position and are disposed along the radial direction of the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10. At the time of maintenance such as replacement of the polishing pad 10, the arm 690 is manually moved to the retracted position. Therefore, it is not necessary to disassemble the arm 690 during maintenance, and maintenance performance can be improved. Further, the rotation mechanism may be coupled to the swing shaft 694, and the arm 690 may be rotated by the rotation mechanism.

如圖11(b)所示,在臂690的兩側面設有彼此形狀不同的兩個加強部件696、696。藉由設置這些加強部件696、696,當臂690在清洗位置與退避位置之間進行迴旋動作時,臂690的軸心不會大幅振動,而能夠有效進行霧化動作。另外,噴霧器34A具有用於固定臂690的迴旋位置(臂690能夠迴旋的角度範圍)的桿695。即,藉由操作桿695,而能夠符合條件地調整臂690所能夠迴旋的角度。當轉動桿695時,臂690能夠自由迴旋,由手動使臂690在清洗位置與退避位置之間移動。並且,當繫緊桿695時,臂690的位置在清洗位置與退避位置的任一位置固定。As shown in Fig. 11(b), two reinforcing members 696, 696 having different shapes from each other are provided on both side faces of the arm 690. By providing these reinforcing members 696 and 696, when the arm 690 is rotated between the washing position and the retracted position, the axial center of the arm 690 does not largely vibrate, and the atomizing operation can be performed efficiently. In addition, the sprayer 34A has a rod 695 for fixing the pivoting position of the arm 690 (the angular range in which the arm 690 can be rotated). That is, the angle at which the arm 690 can be rotated can be adjusted in accordance with the condition by the operation lever 695. When the lever 695 is rotated, the arm 690 is free to rotate, and the arm 690 is manually moved between the cleaning position and the retracted position. Further, when the lever 695 is fastened, the position of the arm 690 is fixed at any position of the washing position and the retracted position.

噴霧器的臂690亦可作成能夠折疊的構造。具體而言,臂690也可由以接頭連結的至少兩個臂部件而構成。在該情況下,折疊時的臂部件彼此所成的角度為1°以上45°以下,宜為5°以上30°以下。當臂部件彼此所成的角度比45°大時,臂690所占的空間大,當不足1°時,得減小薄臂690的寬度,而機械強度會降低。在該示例中,臂690也可以構成為不繞擺動軸694旋轉。在研磨墊10的更換等維護時,藉由折疊臂690,而能讓噴霧器不會妨礙維護作業。作為其他變形例,可使噴霧器的臂690伸縮自如。在該例中,藉由在維護時縮短臂690,噴霧器因而不會成為妨礙。The arm 690 of the nebulizer can also be constructed in a foldable configuration. In particular, the arm 690 can also be constructed from at least two arm members that are coupled by a joint. In this case, the angle between the arm members at the time of folding is 1° or more and 45° or less, and preferably 5° or more and 30° or less. When the angle formed by the arm members is larger than 45°, the space occupied by the arms 690 is large, and when it is less than 1°, the width of the thin arms 690 is reduced, and the mechanical strength is lowered. In this example, the arm 690 can also be configured to not rotate about the swing axis 694. When the polishing pad 10 is replaced or the like, the arm 690 can be folded to prevent the sprayer from interfering with the maintenance work. As another modification, the arm 690 of the sprayer can be made to expand and contract. In this example, the sprayer is thus not obstructed by shortening the arm 690 during maintenance.

設置該噴霧器34A的目的在於藉由高壓的流體沖洗殘留在研磨墊10的研磨面的研磨屑、磨粒等。藉由以噴霧器34A的流體壓對研磨面的淨化和以修整器33A對研磨面的修整作業之機械的接觸,即能夠達成更好的修整,即研磨面的再生。通常在利用接觸型的修整器(金剛石修整器等)進行的修整後,大多以噴霧器進行研磨面的再生。The atomizer 34A is provided for the purpose of rinsing abrasive grains, abrasive grains, and the like remaining on the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10 by a high-pressure fluid. By the cleaning of the polishing surface by the fluid pressure of the atomizer 34A and the mechanical contact of the dressing operation of the polishing surface by the dresser 33A, it is possible to achieve better finishing, that is, regeneration of the polishing surface. Usually, after trimming by a contact type dresser (diamond dresser or the like), the polishing surface is often regenerated by a sprayer.

接著,關於用於搬運半導體晶圓的搬運機構,參照圖1進行說明。搬運機構具有升降器11、第一線性傳送裝置66、擺動傳送裝置12、第二線性傳送裝置67、暫存台180。Next, a transport mechanism for transporting a semiconductor wafer will be described with reference to FIG. 1 . The transport mechanism includes a lifter 11, a first linear transport device 66, a swing transport device 12, a second linear transport device 67, and a temporary storage station 180.

升降器11從搬運用機器人22接收半導體晶圓。第一線性傳送裝置66將從升降器11接收的半導體晶圓在第一搬運位置TP1、第二搬運位置TP2、第三搬運位置TP3以及第四搬運位置TP4之間搬運。第一研磨單元3A以及第二研磨單元3B從第一線性傳送裝置66接收並研磨半導體晶圓。第一研磨單元3A以及第二研磨單元3B將經研磨的半導體晶圓交給第一線性傳送裝置66。The lifter 11 receives the semiconductor wafer from the transport robot 22. The first linear transport device 66 transports the semiconductor wafer received from the lifter 11 between the first transport position TP1, the second transport position TP2, the third transport position TP3, and the fourth transport position TP4. The first polishing unit 3A and the second polishing unit 3B receive and polish the semiconductor wafer from the first linear transfer device 66. The first polishing unit 3A and the second polishing unit 3B deliver the ground semiconductor wafer to the first linear transfer device 66.

擺動傳送裝置12在第一線性傳送裝置66與第二線性傳送裝置67之間進行半導體晶圓的交接。第二線性傳送裝置67將從擺動傳送裝置12接收到的半導體晶圓在第五搬運位置TP5、第六搬運位置TP6以及第七搬運位置TP7之間進行搬運。第三研磨單元3C以及第四研磨單元3D從第二線性傳送裝置67接收並研磨半導體晶圓。第三研磨單元3C以及第四研磨單元3D將經研磨的半導體晶圓交給第二線性傳送裝置67。藉由研磨單元3進行完研磨處理的半導體晶圓藉由擺動傳送裝置12往暫存台180放置。The wobble transfer device 12 performs the transfer of the semiconductor wafer between the first linear transfer device 66 and the second linear transfer device 67. The second linear transfer device 67 transports the semiconductor wafer received from the wobble transfer device 12 between the fifth transfer position TP5, the sixth transfer position TP6, and the seventh transfer position TP7. The third polishing unit 3C and the fourth polishing unit 3D receive and polish the semiconductor wafer from the second linear transfer device 67. The third polishing unit 3C and the fourth polishing unit 3D deliver the ground semiconductor wafer to the second linear transfer device 67. The semiconductor wafer subjected to the polishing process by the polishing unit 3 is placed on the temporary stage 180 by the wobble transfer device 12.

圖12(a)是表示清洗部64的俯視圖,圖12(b)是表示清洗部64的側視圖。如圖12(a)以及圖12(b)所示,清洗部64劃分為第一清洗室190、第一搬運室191、第二清洗室192、第二搬運室193、及乾燥室194。在第一清洗室190內配置有沿縱向排列的上側一次清洗模組201A以及下側一次清洗模組201B。上側一次清洗模組201A配置在下側一次清洗模組201B的上方。同樣地,在第二清洗室192內配置有沿縱向排列的上側二次清洗模組202A以及下側二次清洗模組202B。上側二次清洗模組202A配置在下側二次清洗模組202B的上方。一次及二次清洗模組201A、201B、202A、202B是使用清洗液清洗半導體晶圓的清洗機。這些一次及二次清洗模組201A、201B、202A、202B係沿垂直方向排列,因此有佔用面積小的優點。Fig. 12 (a) is a plan view showing the cleaning unit 64, and Fig. 12 (b) is a side view showing the cleaning unit 64. As shown in FIGS. 12( a ) and 12 ( b ), the cleaning unit 64 is divided into a first cleaning chamber 190 , a first transfer chamber 191 , a second cleaning chamber 192 , a second transfer chamber 193 , and a drying chamber 194 . In the first cleaning chamber 190, an upper primary cleaning module 201A and a lower primary cleaning module 201B arranged in the longitudinal direction are disposed. The upper primary cleaning module 201A is disposed above the lower primary cleaning module 201B. Similarly, an upper secondary cleaning module 202A and a lower secondary cleaning module 202B arranged in the longitudinal direction are disposed in the second cleaning chamber 192. The upper secondary cleaning module 202A is disposed above the lower secondary cleaning module 202B. The primary and secondary cleaning modules 201A, 201B, 202A, and 202B are cleaning machines for cleaning semiconductor wafers using a cleaning liquid. Since the primary and secondary cleaning modules 201A, 201B, 202A, and 202B are arranged in the vertical direction, there is an advantage that the occupied area is small.

在上側二次清洗元件202A與下側二次清洗元件202B之間設有半導體晶圓的暫存台203。在乾燥室194內配置有沿縱向排列的上側乾燥模組205A以及下側乾燥模組205B。這些上側乾燥模組205A以及下側乾燥模組205B彼此隔離。在上側乾燥模組205A以及下側乾燥模組205B的上部設有將清潔空氣分別向乾燥模組205A、205B內供給的過濾風扇單元207、207。上側一次清洗模組201A,下側一次清洗模組201B,上側二次清洗模組202A,下側二次清洗模組202B,暫存台203,上側乾燥模組205A,以及下側乾燥模組205B經由螺栓等固定於未圖示的框架。A temporary storage stage 203 of a semiconductor wafer is provided between the upper secondary cleaning element 202A and the lower secondary cleaning element 202B. An upper drying module 205A and a lower drying module 205B which are arranged in the longitudinal direction are disposed in the drying chamber 194. The upper drying module 205A and the lower drying module 205B are isolated from each other. Filter fan units 207 and 207 that supply clean air to the dry modules 205A and 205B are provided in the upper portion of the upper drying module 205A and the lower drying module 205B. The upper primary cleaning module 201A, the lower primary cleaning module 201B, the upper secondary cleaning module 202A, the lower secondary cleaning module 202B, the temporary storage platform 203, the upper drying module 205A, and the lower drying module 205B It is fixed to a frame (not shown) via a bolt or the like.

在第一搬運室191配置有能夠上下移動的第一搬運用機器人209,在第二搬運室193配置有能夠上下移動的第二搬運用機器人210。第一搬運用機器人209以及第二搬運用機器人210分別移動自如地被支承於沿縱向延伸的支承軸211、212。在第一搬運用機器人209以及第二搬運用機器人210的內部具有馬達等驅動機構,並沿著支承軸211、212沿上下移動自如。第一搬運用機器人209與搬運用機器人22同樣地具有上下兩層機械手。如圖12(a)的虛線所示,第一搬運用機器人209的下側的機械手配置在能夠對上述暫存台180進行存取的位置。在第一搬運用機器人209的下側的機械手對暫存台180進行存取時,設於分隔壁1b的閘門(未圖示)打開。The first transport robot 209 that can move up and down is disposed in the first transport chamber 191, and the second transport robot 210 that can move up and down is disposed in the second transport chamber 193. The first transport robot 209 and the second transport robot 210 are movably supported by the support shafts 211 and 212 extending in the longitudinal direction, respectively. The first transport robot 209 and the second transport robot 210 have a drive mechanism such as a motor inside, and are movable up and down along the support shafts 211 and 212. Similarly to the transport robot 22, the first transport robot 209 has two upper and lower robots. As shown by the broken line in FIG. 12( a ), the lower robot of the first transport robot 209 is disposed at a position where the temporary storage station 180 can be accessed. When the robot on the lower side of the first transport robot 209 accesses the temporary storage station 180, the shutter (not shown) provided in the partition wall 1b is opened.

第一搬運用機器人209係作動來在暫存台180,上側一次清洗模組201A,下側一次清洗模組201B,暫存台203,上側二次清洗模組202A,下側二次清洗元件202B之間搬運半導體晶圓16。在搬運清洗前的半導體晶圓(附著有漿料的半導體晶圓)時,第一搬運用機器人209使用下側的機械手,在搬運清洗後的半導體晶圓時使用上側的機械手。第二搬運用機器人210係作動來在上側二次清洗模組202A,下側二次清洗模組202B,暫存台203,上側乾燥元件205A,下側乾燥元件205B之間搬運半導體晶圓16。由於第二搬運用機器人210僅搬運清洗後的半導體晶圓,僅具有一個機械手。圖1所示的搬運用機器人22使用其上側的機械手從上側乾燥元件205A或下側乾燥元件205B取出半導體晶圓,將該半導體晶圓放回晶圓盒。在搬運用機器人22的上側機械手對乾燥元件205A、205B進行存取時,設於分隔壁1a的閘門(未圖示)打開。The first transport robot 209 is activated in the temporary storage station 180, the upper primary cleaning module 201A, the lower primary cleaning module 201B, the temporary storage station 203, the upper secondary cleaning module 202A, and the lower secondary cleaning component 202B. The semiconductor wafer 16 is carried between. When the semiconductor wafer before cleaning (the semiconductor wafer to which the slurry adheres) is transported, the first transport robot 209 uses the lower robot and uses the upper robot when transporting the cleaned semiconductor wafer. The second transport robot 210 moves the semiconductor wafer 16 between the upper secondary cleaning module 202A, the lower secondary cleaning module 202B, the temporary storage unit 203, the upper drying element 205A, and the lower drying element 205B. Since the second transport robot 210 transports only the cleaned semiconductor wafer, there is only one robot. The transport robot 22 shown in FIG. 1 uses the upper robot to take out the semiconductor wafer from the upper drying element 205A or the lower drying element 205B, and returns the semiconductor wafer to the wafer cassette. When the upper robot of the transport robot 22 accesses the drying elements 205A and 205B, the shutter (not shown) provided in the partition wall 1a is opened.

清洗部64由於具有兩台一次清洗模組以及兩台二次清洗模組,因此能夠構成並列清洗複數個半導體晶圓的複數個清洗線路。「清洗線路」是指,在清洗部64的內部,一個半導體晶圓在藉由複數個清洗元件而被清洗時的移動路徑。例如,如圖13所示,能夠按照第一搬運用機器人209,上側一次清洗模組201A,第一搬運用機器人209,上側二次清洗元件202A,第二搬運用機器人210,然後上側乾燥元件205A的順序搬運一個半導體晶圓(參照清洗線路1),與此並列,能夠按照第一搬運用機器人209,下側一次清洗模組201B,第一搬運用機器人209,下側二次清洗元件202B,第二搬運用機器人210,然後下側乾燥元件205B的順序搬運其他的半導體晶圓(參照清洗線路2)。如上所述利用兩個並列的清洗線路,能夠幾乎同時地清洗以及乾燥複數個(典型為兩個)半導體晶圓。Since the cleaning unit 64 has two primary cleaning modules and two secondary cleaning modules, it is possible to form a plurality of cleaning circuits for cleaning a plurality of semiconductor wafers in parallel. The "cleaning line" is a moving path when one semiconductor wafer is cleaned by a plurality of cleaning elements inside the cleaning unit 64. For example, as shown in FIG. 13, the first transport robot 209, the upper primary cleaning module 201A, the first transport robot 209, the upper secondary cleaning element 202A, the second transport robot 210, and the upper drying element 205A can be used. In the order of transporting one semiconductor wafer (refer to the cleaning line 1), the first transport robot 209, the lower primary cleaning module 201B, the first transport robot 209, and the lower secondary cleaning element 202B can be arranged in parallel. The second transport robot 210 then transports the other semiconductor wafers in the order of the lower drying element 205B (see the cleaning line 2). As described above, a plurality of (typically two) semiconductor wafers can be cleaned and dried almost simultaneously using two parallel cleaning lines.

接著,對上側乾燥元件205A以及下側乾燥元件205B的結構進行說明。上側乾燥元件205A以及下側乾燥元件205B都是進行旋轉移動乾燥的乾燥機。上側乾燥元件205A以及下側乾燥元件205B具有相同結構,因此以下對上側乾燥元件205A進行說明。圖14是表示上側乾燥模組205A的縱剖面圖,圖15是表示上側乾燥模組205A的俯視圖。上側乾燥元件205A具有:基台401、及支承於該基台401的四個圓筒狀的基板支承部件402。基台401固定於旋轉軸406的上端,並且該旋轉軸406藉由軸承405被旋轉自如地支承。軸承405固定在平行地延伸於旋轉軸406的圓筒體407的內周面。圓筒體407的下端安裝於架台409,其位置被固定。旋轉軸406經由帶輪411、412以及帶414與馬達415連結,藉由驅動馬達415,讓基台401以其軸心為中心旋轉。Next, the configuration of the upper drying element 205A and the lower drying element 205B will be described. Both the upper drying element 205A and the lower drying element 205B are dryers that perform rotational movement drying. Since the upper drying element 205A and the lower drying element 205B have the same structure, the upper drying element 205A will be described below. Fig. 14 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the upper drying module 205A, and Fig. 15 is a plan view showing the upper drying module 205A. The upper drying element 205A has a base 401 and four cylindrical substrate supporting members 402 supported by the base 401. The base 401 is fixed to the upper end of the rotating shaft 406, and the rotating shaft 406 is rotatably supported by a bearing 405. The bearing 405 is fixed to the inner circumferential surface of the cylindrical body 407 that extends in parallel to the rotating shaft 406. The lower end of the cylindrical body 407 is attached to the gantry 409, and its position is fixed. The rotating shaft 406 is coupled to the motor 415 via the pulleys 411, 412 and the belt 414, and the base 401 is rotated about its axis by the drive motor 415.

在基台401的上表面固定有旋轉罩450。此外,圖14表示旋轉罩450的縱剖面圖。旋轉罩450配置為包圍半導體晶圓16的整周。旋轉罩450的縱剖視形狀向徑向內側傾斜。另外,旋轉罩450的縱剖面圖由平滑的曲線構成。旋轉罩450的上端接近半導體晶圓16,旋轉罩450的上端的內徑設定為比半導體晶圓16的直徑稍大。另外,在旋轉罩450的上端與各個基板支承部件402對應地形成有延著基板支承部件402的外周面形狀的切口450a。在旋轉罩450的底面形成有傾斜延伸的液體排出孔451。A rotating cover 450 is fixed to the upper surface of the base 401. In addition, FIG. 14 shows a longitudinal sectional view of the rotary cover 450. The spinner cover 450 is configured to surround the entire circumference of the semiconductor wafer 16. The longitudinal sectional shape of the rotary cover 450 is inclined inward in the radial direction. In addition, the longitudinal cross-sectional view of the rotary cover 450 is composed of a smooth curve. The upper end of the rotating cover 450 is close to the semiconductor wafer 16, and the inner diameter of the upper end of the rotating cover 450 is set to be slightly larger than the diameter of the semiconductor wafer 16. Further, a slit 450a extending in the shape of the outer peripheral surface of the substrate supporting member 402 is formed at the upper end of the rotary cover 450 in correspondence with each of the substrate supporting members 402. A liquid discharge hole 451 extending obliquely is formed on the bottom surface of the rotary cover 450.

在半導體晶圓16的上方配置有前部噴嘴454,前部噴嘴454供給純水至半導體晶圓16的表面(前面)作為清洗液。前部噴嘴454配置成朝向半導體晶圓16的中心。該前部噴嘴454與未圖示的純水供給源(清洗液供給源)連接,讓純水藉由前部噴嘴454供給至半導體晶圓16的表面的中心。作為清洗液,除了純水以外,列舉藥液。另外,在半導體晶圓16的上方並列配置有用於執行旋轉移動乾燥的兩個噴嘴460、461。噴嘴460用於供給IPA蒸汽(異丙醇與N2氣體的混合氣)至半導體晶圓16的表面,噴嘴461為了防止半導體晶圓16的表面的乾燥而供給純水。這些噴嘴460、461構成為能夠沿半導體晶圓16的徑向移動。A front nozzle 454 is disposed above the semiconductor wafer 16, and the front nozzle 454 supplies pure water to the surface (front surface) of the semiconductor wafer 16 as a cleaning liquid. The front nozzle 454 is configured to face the center of the semiconductor wafer 16. The front nozzle 454 is connected to a pure water supply source (cleaning liquid supply source) (not shown), and pure water is supplied to the center of the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the front nozzle 454. As the cleaning liquid, a chemical liquid is listed in addition to pure water. Further, two nozzles 460 and 461 for performing rotational movement drying are arranged in parallel above the semiconductor wafer 16. The nozzle 460 is for supplying IPA vapor (a mixture of isopropyl alcohol and N 2 gas) to the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16, and the nozzle 461 supplies pure water in order to prevent drying of the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16. These nozzles 460, 461 are configured to be movable in the radial direction of the semiconductor wafer 16.

在旋轉軸406的內部配置有與清洗液供給源465連接的後部噴嘴463、與乾燥氣體供給源466連接的氣體噴嘴464。在清洗液供給源465存留有純水作為清洗液,藉由後部噴嘴463來供給純水至半導體晶圓16的背面。另外,在乾燥氣體供給源466,存留有N2氣體或乾燥空氣等作為乾燥氣體,藉由氣體噴嘴464來供給乾燥氣體至半導體晶圓16的背面。Inside the rotating shaft 406, a rear nozzle 463 connected to the cleaning liquid supply source 465 and a gas nozzle 464 connected to the drying gas supply source 466 are disposed. Pure water is stored as a cleaning liquid in the cleaning liquid supply source 465, and pure water is supplied to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the rear nozzle 463. Further, in the dry gas supply source 466, N2 gas, dry air, or the like is stored as a dry gas, and the dry gas is supplied to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the gas nozzle 464.

接著,停止來自前部噴嘴454的純水的供給,使前部噴嘴454移動至離開半導體晶圓16的指定的待機位置,並且使兩個噴嘴460、461移動至半導體晶圓16的上方的作業位置。然後,一邊使半導體晶圓16以30~150min-1的速度低速旋轉,一邊從噴嘴460供給IPA蒸氣至半導體晶圓16的表面,並且從噴嘴461供給純水至半導體晶圓16的表面。此時,也從後部噴嘴463供給純水至半導體晶圓16的背面。然後,使兩個噴嘴460、461同時沿半導體晶圓16的徑向移動。由此,半導體晶圓16的表面(上表面)被乾燥。Next, the supply of pure water from the front nozzle 454 is stopped, the front nozzle 454 is moved to a predetermined standby position away from the semiconductor wafer 16, and the two nozzles 460, 461 are moved to the upper side of the semiconductor wafer 16. position. Then, while the semiconductor wafer 16 is rotated at a low speed of 30 to 150 min-1, IPA vapor is supplied from the nozzle 460 to the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16, and pure water is supplied from the nozzle 461 to the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16. At this time, pure water is also supplied from the rear nozzle 463 to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16. Then, the two nozzles 460, 461 are simultaneously moved in the radial direction of the semiconductor wafer 16. Thereby, the surface (upper surface) of the semiconductor wafer 16 is dried.

之後,使兩個噴嘴460、461移動至指定的待機位置,停止來自後部噴嘴463的純水的供給。然後,使半導體晶圓16以1000~1500min-1的速度高速旋轉,將附著於半導體晶圓16的背面的純水振落。此時,從氣體噴嘴464吹附乾燥氣體至半導體晶圓16的背面。如此一來,半導體晶圓16的背面被乾燥。藉由圖1所示的搬運用機器人22從乾燥元件205A取出乾燥後的半導體晶圓16,並使其返回晶圓盒。如此,對半導體晶圓進行包括研磨、清洗以及乾燥的一系列處理。根據如上所述地構成的乾燥元件205A,能夠迅速並且有效地乾燥半導體晶圓16的兩個面,另外,能夠準確地控制乾燥處理的結束時點。因此,用於乾燥處理的處理時間不會成為清洗工序整體的限速工序。另外,形成於清洗部4的上述複數個清洗線路中的處理時間能夠平均化,能夠提升工序整體的產出。Thereafter, the two nozzles 460 and 461 are moved to the designated standby position, and the supply of the pure water from the rear nozzle 463 is stopped. Then, the semiconductor wafer 16 is rotated at a high speed of 1000 to 1500 min-1, and the pure water adhering to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 is shaken. At this time, the dry gas is blown from the gas nozzle 464 to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16. As a result, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 is dried. The dried semiconductor wafer 16 is taken out from the drying element 205A by the transport robot 22 shown in Fig. 1 and returned to the wafer cassette. As such, the semiconductor wafer is subjected to a series of processes including grinding, cleaning, and drying. According to the drying element 205A configured as described above, both surfaces of the semiconductor wafer 16 can be quickly and efficiently dried, and the end point of the drying process can be accurately controlled. Therefore, the processing time for the drying treatment does not become the speed limiting step of the entire cleaning step. Further, the processing time of the plurality of cleaning lines formed in the cleaning unit 4 can be averaged, and the output of the entire process can be improved.

根據本實施方式,在將半導體晶圓搬入研磨裝置時(裝載前),半導體晶圓處於乾燥狀態,在研磨和清洗結束後,在卸載前,半導體晶圓成為乾燥狀態,並被基板盒卸載。能夠將乾燥狀態的半導體晶從研磨裝置放入盒,並取出。即,能夠乾燥進入/乾燥取出。According to the present embodiment, when the semiconductor wafer is carried into the polishing apparatus (before loading), the semiconductor wafer is in a dry state, and after the polishing and cleaning are completed, the semiconductor wafer is in a dry state before being unloaded, and is unloaded by the substrate cassette. The semiconductor crystal in a dry state can be placed in a cassette from the polishing apparatus and taken out. That is, it can be dried in/out and taken out.

放置到暫存台180的半導體晶圓經由第一搬運室191搬運往第一清洗室190或第二清洗室192。半導體晶圓在第一清洗室190或第二清洗室192中進行清洗處理。在第一清洗室190或第二清洗室192中經清洗處理的半導體晶圓經由第二搬運室193搬運往乾燥室194。半導體晶圓在乾燥室194進行乾燥處理。藉由搬運用機器人22從乾燥室194取出經乾燥處理的半導體晶圓而返回盒。The semiconductor wafer placed on the temporary stage 180 is transported to the first cleaning chamber 190 or the second cleaning chamber 192 via the first transfer chamber 191. The semiconductor wafer is subjected to a cleaning process in the first cleaning chamber 190 or the second cleaning chamber 192. The semiconductor wafer that has been cleaned in the first cleaning chamber 190 or the second cleaning chamber 192 is transported to the drying chamber 194 via the second transfer chamber 193. The semiconductor wafer is dried in a drying chamber 194. The dried semiconductor wafer is taken out from the drying chamber 194 by the transport robot 22 and returned to the cassette.

圖16是表示本發明的一實施方式的研磨單元(研磨裝置)的整體結構的概略圖。如圖16所示,研磨裝置具有研磨台30A和保持研磨對象物即半導體晶圓等基板,並將基板按壓到研磨臺上的研磨面之頂環31A(保持部)。FIG. 16 is a schematic view showing an overall configuration of a polishing unit (polishing device) according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the polishing apparatus includes a polishing table 30A and a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer that holds an object to be polished, and presses the substrate against the top ring 31A (holding portion) of the polishing surface on the polishing table.

第一研磨單元3A是用於在研磨墊10和與研磨墊10相對配置的半導體晶圓16之間進行研磨的研磨單元。第一研磨單元3A具有:用於保持研磨墊10的研磨台30A、用於保持半導體晶圓16的頂環31A。第一研磨單元3A具有:用於保持頂環31A的擺動臂110、用於使擺動臂110擺動的擺動軸馬達14、供給驅動電力至擺動軸馬達14的驅動器18。進一步地,第一研磨單元3A具有檢測施加到擺動臂110的臂轉矩之臂轉矩檢測部26和基於臂轉矩檢測部26檢測出的臂轉矩26a來檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點之終點檢測部28,。終點檢測部28使用臂轉矩檢測部26的輸出以及後述的電流檢測部810的輸出中的至少一個來檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點。The first polishing unit 3A is a polishing unit for polishing between the polishing pad 10 and the semiconductor wafer 16 disposed opposite to the polishing pad 10. The first polishing unit 3A has a polishing table 30A for holding the polishing pad 10, and a top ring 31A for holding the semiconductor wafer 16. The first polishing unit 3A has a swing arm 110 for holding the top ring 31A, a swing shaft motor 14 for swinging the swing arm 110, and a driver 18 for supplying drive power to the swing shaft motor 14. Further, the first polishing unit 3A has the arm torque detecting portion 26 that detects the arm torque applied to the swing arm 110 and the arm torque 26a detected based on the arm torque detecting portion 26 to detect the grinding end point indicating the end of the grinding. The end point detecting unit 28 is. The end point detecting unit 28 detects the polishing end point indicating the end of the polishing using at least one of the output of the arm torque detecting unit 26 and the output of the current detecting unit 810, which will be described later.

參照圖16~圖48對本實施方式進行說明,在將頂環保持於擺動臂的端部的方式中,能夠提高研磨終點檢測的精度。在本實施方式中,能夠採用基於渦電流的方法,基於臂轉矩的方法,檢測並利用對研磨台或頂環進行旋轉驅動的驅動部的驅動負荷的方法作為研磨終點檢測手段。在本實施方式中,在將頂環保持在擺動臂的端部的方式中,主要以基於渦電流進行研磨終點檢測進行說明,但也能夠基於渦電流臂轉矩檢測研磨終點,或者對使研磨台或頂環旋轉驅動的驅動部的驅動負荷進行檢測而檢測研磨終點。The present embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 16 to 48. In the aspect in which the top ring is held at the end of the swing arm, the accuracy of the polishing end point detection can be improved. In the present embodiment, a method of detecting the driving load of the driving unit that rotationally drives the polishing table or the top ring by the method of the eddy current can be used as the polishing end point detecting means. In the present embodiment, in the embodiment in which the top ring is held at the end of the swing arm, the polishing end point detection is mainly performed based on the eddy current. However, the polishing end point can be detected based on the eddy current arm torque, or the grinding end can be made. The driving load of the driving unit that is rotationally driven by the table or the top ring is detected to detect the polishing end point.

保持部、擺動臂、臂驅動部、終點檢測部構成組,具有相同結構的組分別設於第一研磨單元3A、第二研磨單元3B、第三研磨單元3C、第四研磨單元3D。The holding portion, the swing arm, the arm driving portion, and the end point detecting portion constitute a group, and the groups having the same configuration are provided in the first polishing unit 3A, the second polishing unit 3B, the third polishing unit 3C, and the fourth polishing unit 3D, respectively.

研磨台30A經由台軸102與配置於其下方的驅動部即馬達M3(參照圖2)連結,而能夠繞該台軸102旋轉。在研磨台30A的上表面貼附有研磨墊10,研磨墊10的表面101構成對半導體晶圓16進行研磨的研磨面。在研磨台30A的上方設置有研磨液供給噴嘴(未圖示的),藉由研磨液供給噴嘴供給研磨液Q至研磨台30A上的研磨墊10。如圖16所示,在研磨台30A的內部埋設有使渦電流產生於半導體晶圓16內,並且由檢測該渦電流而能夠檢測研磨終點之渦電流式檢測器50。The polishing table 30A is coupled to the motor M3 (see FIG. 2), which is a driving portion disposed below the table shaft 102, and is rotatable around the table shaft 102. A polishing pad 10 is attached to the upper surface of the polishing table 30A, and the surface 101 of the polishing pad 10 constitutes a polishing surface for polishing the semiconductor wafer 16. A polishing liquid supply nozzle (not shown) is provided above the polishing table 30A, and the polishing liquid Q is supplied to the polishing pad 10 on the polishing table 30A by the polishing liquid supply nozzle. As shown in FIG. 16, an eddy current type detector 50 that generates an eddy current in the semiconductor wafer 16 and detects the end point of the polishing by detecting the eddy current is embedded in the polishing table 30A.

頂環31A由將半導體晶圓16相對於研磨面101進行按壓的頂環主體24、及保持半導體晶圓16的外周緣讓半導體晶圓16不從頂環飛出的擋環23所構成。The top ring 31A is composed of a top ring main body 24 that presses the semiconductor wafer 16 against the polishing surface 101, and a retaining ring 23 that holds the outer peripheral edge of the semiconductor wafer 16 so that the semiconductor wafer 16 does not fly out from the top ring.

頂環31A與頂環軸111連接。頂環軸111藉由未圖示的上下移動機構而相對於擺動臂110上下移動。藉由頂環軸111的上下移動,使頂環31A整體相對於擺動臂110升降並定位。The top ring 31A is coupled to the top ring shaft 111. The top ring shaft 111 is moved up and down with respect to the swing arm 110 by a vertical movement mechanism (not shown). By the vertical movement of the top ring shaft 111, the top ring 31A as a whole is lifted and positioned relative to the swing arm 110.

另外,頂環軸111經由鍵(未圖示)連結於旋轉筒112。該旋轉筒112在其外周部具有時序帶輪113。在擺動臂110固定有頂環用馬達114。上述時序帶輪113經由時序帶115與設於頂環用馬達114的時序帶輪116連接。在頂環用馬達114旋轉時,經由時序帶輪116、時序帶115以及時序帶輪113使旋轉筒112以及頂環軸111一體旋轉,從而使頂環31A旋轉。Further, the top ring shaft 111 is coupled to the rotating drum 112 via a key (not shown). The rotary cylinder 112 has a timing pulley 113 at its outer peripheral portion. A top ring motor 114 is fixed to the swing arm 110. The timing pulley 113 is connected to the timing pulley 116 provided on the top ring motor 114 via the timing belt 115. When the top ring motor 114 rotates, the rotating drum 112 and the top ring shaft 111 are integrally rotated via the timing pulley 116, the timing belt 115, and the timing pulley 113, and the top ring 31A is rotated.

擺動臂110與擺動軸馬達14的旋轉軸連接。擺動軸馬達14固定於擺動臂軸117。因此,擺動臂110被支承為相對於擺動臂軸117能夠旋轉。The swing arm 110 is coupled to the rotating shaft of the swing shaft motor 14. The swing shaft motor 14 is fixed to the swing arm shaft 117. Therefore, the swing arm 110 is supported to be rotatable relative to the swing arm shaft 117.

頂環31A能夠在其下表面保持半導體晶圓16等基板。擺動臂110能夠以擺動臂軸117為中心迴旋。在下表面保持有半導體晶圓16的頂環31A藉由擺動臂110的迴旋,從半導體晶圓16的接收位置移動到研磨台30A的上方。然後,使頂環31A下降,而將半導體晶圓16按壓至研磨墊10的表面(研磨面)101。此時,分別使頂環31A以及研磨台30A旋轉。同時,從設於研磨台30A的上方的研磨液供給噴嘴供給研磨液至研磨墊10上。這樣,使半導體晶圓16與研磨墊10的研磨面101滑動接觸,對半導體晶圓16的表面進行研磨。The top ring 31A can hold a substrate such as the semiconductor wafer 16 on its lower surface. The swing arm 110 is rotatable about the swing arm shaft 117. The top ring 31A holding the semiconductor wafer 16 on the lower surface is moved from the receiving position of the semiconductor wafer 16 to the upper side of the polishing table 30A by the whirling of the swing arm 110. Then, the top ring 31A is lowered, and the semiconductor wafer 16 is pressed against the surface (polishing surface) 101 of the polishing pad 10. At this time, the top ring 31A and the polishing table 30A are respectively rotated. At the same time, the polishing liquid is supplied from the polishing liquid supply nozzle provided above the polishing table 30A to the polishing pad 10. Thus, the semiconductor wafer 16 is brought into sliding contact with the polishing surface 101 of the polishing pad 10 to polish the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16.

第一研磨單元3A具有驅動研磨台30A旋轉的台驅動部(未圖示)。第一研磨單元3A也可以具有對施加到研磨台30A的台轉矩進行檢測的台轉矩檢測部(未圖示)。台轉矩檢測部能夠從旋轉馬達即台驅動部的電流檢測台轉矩。終點檢測部28也可以僅從渦電流式檢測器50所檢測到的渦電流檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點,終點檢測部28也可以考慮臂轉矩檢測部26所檢測到的臂轉矩26a、台轉矩,檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點。The first polishing unit 3A has a table driving unit (not shown) that drives the polishing table 30A to rotate. The first polishing unit 3A may have a table torque detecting unit (not shown) that detects the table torque applied to the polishing table 30A. The stage torque detecting unit can detect the table torque from the current of the table drive unit of the rotary motor. The end point detecting unit 28 may detect the end point of the polishing indicating the end of the polishing only from the eddy current detected by the eddy current type detector 50, and the end point detecting unit 28 may consider the arm torque 26a detected by the arm torque detecting unit 26. And the torque of the table, and the end point of the polishing indicating the end of the grinding is detected.

接著,關於本發明的研磨裝置所具有的渦電流式檢測器50,參照附圖進行詳細說明。圖17是表示渦電流式檢測器50的結構的圖,圖17(a)是表示渦電流式檢測器50的結構的方塊圖,圖17(b)是渦電流式檢測器50的等價電路圖。Next, the eddy current type detector 50 included in the polishing apparatus of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. 17 is a view showing a configuration of the eddy current type detector 50. FIG. 17(a) is a block diagram showing the configuration of the eddy current type detector 50, and FIG. 17(b) is an equivalent circuit diagram of the eddy current type detector 50. .

如圖17(a)所示,渦電流式檢測器50配置於檢測標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf的附近,在其線圈連接有交流訊號源52。在此,檢測標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf例如為形成於半導體晶圓W上的Cu,Al,Au,W等薄膜。渦電流式檢測器50相對於檢測標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜),例如配置在1.0~4.0mm左右的附近。As shown in Fig. 17 (a), the eddy current type detector 50 is disposed in the vicinity of the target metal film (or conductive film) mf, and an alternating current signal source 52 is connected to the coil. Here, the metal film (or conductive film) mf for detecting the target is, for example, a film of Cu, Al, Au, W or the like formed on the semiconductor wafer W. The eddy current type detector 50 is disposed, for example, in the vicinity of 1.0 to 4.0 mm with respect to the target metal film (or conductive film).

渦電流檢測器中,藉由在金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf產生渦電流,有振盪頻率改變,從該頻率改變檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)之頻率型和阻抗改變,根據該阻抗改變檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)之阻抗型。。即,在頻率型中,在圖17(b)所示的等價電路中,在渦電流I2改變下,當阻抗Z改變且而訊號源(可變頻率振盪器)52的振盪頻率改變時,能夠以檢波電路54檢測該振盪頻率的改變,並能夠檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)的改變。在阻抗型中,在圖17(b)所示的等價電路中,在渦電流I2改變下,當阻抗Z改變而從訊號源(固定頻率振盪器)52所看到的阻抗Z改變時,能夠以檢波電路54檢測該阻抗Z的改變,並能夠檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)的改變。In the eddy current detector, by generating an eddy current in the metal film (or conductive film) mf, the oscillation frequency is changed, and the frequency type and impedance change of the detection metal film (or the conductive film) are changed from the frequency, according to the impedance Change the impedance type of the detection metal film (or conductive film). . That is, in the frequency type, in the equivalent circuit shown in FIG. 17(b), when the eddy current I2 is changed, when the impedance Z is changed and the oscillation frequency of the signal source (variable frequency oscillator) 52 is changed, The change of the oscillation frequency can be detected by the detector circuit 54, and the change of the metal film (or the conductive film) can be detected. In the impedance type, in the equivalent circuit shown in FIG. 17(b), when the eddy current I2 is changed, when the impedance Z is changed and the impedance Z seen from the signal source (fixed frequency oscillator) 52 is changed, The change of the impedance Z can be detected by the detector circuit 54, and the change of the metal film (or the conductive film) can be detected.

在阻抗型的渦電流檢測器中,如後所述取出訊號輸出X、Y、相位、合成阻抗Z。從頻率F或阻抗X,Y等,得到金屬膜(或導電性膜)Cu,Al,Au,W的測定資訊。渦電流式檢測器50能夠如圖16所示那樣內置於研磨台30A的內部的表面附近的位置,渦電流式檢測器50位於經由研磨墊與研磨標的的半導體晶圓相對的位置,並從流過半導體晶圓上的金屬膜(或導電性膜)的渦電流來檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)的變化。In the impedance type eddy current detector, the signal output X, Y, phase, and combined impedance Z are taken out as will be described later. From the frequency F or the impedance X, Y, etc., measurement information of the metal film (or conductive film) Cu, Al, Au, W is obtained. The eddy current type detector 50 can be built in the vicinity of the surface of the inside of the polishing table 30A as shown in FIG. 16, and the eddy current type detector 50 is located at a position opposed to the semiconductor wafer of the polishing target via the polishing pad, and flows from the flow. An eddy current of a metal film (or a conductive film) on the semiconductor wafer is used to detect a change in the metal film (or conductive film).

渦電流檢測器的頻率能夠利用單一電波、混合電波、AM調製電波、FM調製電波、函數發生器的掃描輸出或複數個振盪頻率源,宜適合於金屬膜的膜種類,選擇靈敏度好的振盪頻率、調製方式。The frequency of the eddy current detector can use a single wave, a mixed wave, an AM modulated wave, an FM modulated wave, a scan output of a function generator, or a plurality of oscillation frequency sources, which is suitable for the film type of the metal film, and selects an oscillation frequency with good sensitivity. ,Modulation.

以下對阻抗型的渦電流檢測器進行具體說明。交流訊號源52使用2~30MHz左右的固定頻率的振盪器,例如水晶振盪器。並且,藉由由交流訊號源52供給的交流電壓,電流I1流至渦電流式檢測器50。以電流流至配置於金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf的附近的渦電流式檢測器50的方式,並以使該磁通與金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf交鏈的方式而在其間形成互感M,並使渦電流I2在金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf中流動。在此,R1為包括渦電流檢測器的一次側的等價阻抗,L1是同樣地包含渦電流檢測器的一次側的自感。在金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf側,R2為相當於渦電流損失的等價阻抗,L2是其自感。從交流訊號源52的端子a,b看到渦電流檢測器側的阻抗Z依形成於金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf中的渦電流損失的大小而改變。The impedance type eddy current detector will be specifically described below. The AC signal source 52 uses a fixed frequency oscillator of about 2 to 30 MHz, such as a crystal oscillator. Further, the current I1 flows to the eddy current type detector 50 by the alternating voltage supplied from the alternating current signal source 52. The current flows to the eddy current type detector 50 disposed in the vicinity of the metal film (or conductive film) mf, and the magnetic flux and the metal film (or conductive film) mf are interlinked therebetween. The mutual inductance M is formed, and the eddy current I2 flows in the metal film (or conductive film) mf. Here, R1 is an equivalent impedance including the primary side of the eddy current detector, and L1 is a self-inductance of the primary side including the eddy current detector in the same manner. On the metal film (or conductive film) mf side, R2 is an equivalent impedance corresponding to eddy current loss, and L2 is its self-inductance. From the terminals a, b of the AC signal source 52, the impedance Z on the eddy current detector side is changed depending on the magnitude of the eddy current loss formed in the metal film (or conductive film) mf.

圖18、19是表示本實施方式的渦電流式檢測器50的構成例的概略圖。配置在形成有導電性膜的基板的附近的渦電流式檢測器50由罐形芯60、六個線圈860、862、864、866、868、870構成。作為磁性體的罐形芯60具有:底面部61a(底部磁性體)、設於底面部61a的中央的磁心部61b(中央磁性體)、及設於底面部61a的周邊部的周壁部61c(周邊部磁性體)。周壁部61c是設於底面部61a的周邊部來包圍磁心部61b的壁部。在本實施方式中,底面部61a為圓形的盤形狀,磁心部61b為實心的圓柱形狀,周壁部61c為包圍底面部61a的筒形狀。18 and 19 are schematic views showing a configuration example of the eddy current type detector 50 of the present embodiment. The eddy current type detector 50 disposed in the vicinity of the substrate on which the conductive film is formed is composed of a can core 60 and six coils 860, 862, 864, 866, 868, and 870. The can core 60 as a magnetic body has a bottom surface portion 61a (bottom magnetic body), a core portion 61b (center magnetic body) provided at the center of the bottom surface portion 61a, and a peripheral wall portion 61c provided at a peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion 61a ( Peripheral magnetic body). The peripheral wall portion 61c is a wall portion provided around the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion 61a and surrounding the core portion 61b. In the present embodiment, the bottom surface portion 61a has a circular disk shape, the core portion 61b has a solid cylindrical shape, and the peripheral wall portion 61c has a cylindrical shape surrounding the bottom surface portion 61a.

所述六個線圈860、862、864、866、868、870中的中央的線圈860、862是與交流訊號源52連接的勵磁線圈。藉由由交流訊號源52供給的電壓形成的磁場,該勵磁線圈860、862在配置於附近的半導體晶圓W上的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf形成渦電流。在勵磁線圈860、862的金屬膜側配置有檢測線圈864、866,對由形成於金屬膜的渦電流所產生的磁場進行檢測。夾著勵磁線圈860、862在與檢測線圈864、866相反的一側配置有虛擬線圈868、870。The central coils 860, 862 of the six coils 860, 862, 864, 866, 868, 870 are excitation coils that are coupled to the AC signal source 52. The field coils 860 and 862 form an eddy current on the metal film (or conductive film) mf disposed on the adjacent semiconductor wafer W by the magnetic field formed by the voltage supplied from the AC signal source 52. Detection coils 864 and 866 are disposed on the metal film side of the excitation coils 860 and 862, and a magnetic field generated by an eddy current formed in the metal film is detected. The dummy coils 868 and 870 are disposed on the opposite side of the detecting coils 864 and 866 with the exciting coils 860 and 862 interposed therebetween.

勵磁線圈860是配置於磁心部61b的外周,能夠產生磁場的內部線圈,並於導電性膜形成渦電流。勵磁線圈862為配置在周壁部61c的外周,能夠產生磁場的外部線圈,並於導電性膜形成渦電流。檢測線圈864配置於磁心部61b的外周,能夠檢測磁場,並檢測形成於導電性膜的渦電流。檢測線圈866配置在周壁部61c的外周,能夠檢測磁場,並檢測形成於導電性膜的渦電流。The exciting coil 860 is an inner coil that is disposed on the outer circumference of the core portion 61b and is capable of generating a magnetic field, and forms an eddy current in the conductive film. The exciting coil 862 is an external coil that is disposed on the outer circumference of the peripheral wall portion 61c and is capable of generating a magnetic field, and forms an eddy current in the conductive film. The detection coil 864 is disposed on the outer circumference of the core portion 61b, and is capable of detecting a magnetic field and detecting an eddy current formed in the conductive film. The detection coil 866 is disposed on the outer circumference of the peripheral wall portion 61c, and is capable of detecting a magnetic field and detecting an eddy current formed in the conductive film.

渦電流檢測器具有對形成於導電性膜的渦電流進行檢測的虛擬線圈868、870。虛擬線圈868配置於磁心部61b的外周,能夠檢測磁場。虛擬線圈870配置於周壁部61c的外周,能夠檢測磁場。在本實施方式中,檢測線圈和虛擬線圈配置在底面部61a的外周以及周壁部61c的外周,但檢測線圈和虛擬線圈也可以僅配置在底面部61a的外周以及周壁部61c的外周的一方。The eddy current detector has dummy coils 868, 870 that detect eddy currents formed in the conductive film. The dummy coil 868 is disposed on the outer circumference of the core portion 61b, and is capable of detecting a magnetic field. The virtual coil 870 is disposed on the outer circumference of the peripheral wall portion 61c, and is capable of detecting a magnetic field. In the present embodiment, the detection coil and the virtual coil are disposed on the outer circumference of the bottom surface portion 61a and the outer circumference of the peripheral wall portion 61c. However, the detection coil and the virtual coil may be disposed only on the outer circumference of the bottom surface portion 61a and the outer circumference of the peripheral wall portion 61c.

磁心部61b的軸向與基板上的導電性膜正交,檢測線圈864、866和勵磁線圈860、862以及虛擬線圈868、870配置在磁心部61b的軸向上不同的位置,並且在磁心部61b的軸向上,從靠近基板上的導電性膜的位置向遠離的位置,按照檢測線圈864、866,勵磁線圈860、862,虛擬線圈868、870的順序配置。從檢測線圈864、866,勵磁線圈860、862,虛擬線圈868、870分別引出用於與外部連接的引線(未圖示)。The axial direction of the core portion 61b is orthogonal to the conductive film on the substrate, and the detection coils 864 and 866 and the excitation coils 860 and 862 and the virtual coils 868 and 870 are disposed at different positions in the axial direction of the core portion 61b, and are in the core portion. In the axial direction of 61b, the positions of the detecting coils 864 and 866, the exciting coils 860 and 862, and the dummy coils 868 and 870 are arranged in order from the position close to the conductive film on the substrate. Lead wires (not shown) for connecting to the outside are taken out from the detecting coils 864 and 866, the exciting coils 860 and 862, and the dummy coils 868 and 870, respectively.

圖18是通過磁心部61b的中心軸872的平面的剖面圖。作為磁性體的罐形芯60具有:圓板形狀的底面部61a、設於底面部61a的中央的圓柱形狀的磁心部61b、設於底面部61a的周圍的圓筒形狀的周壁部61c。作為罐形芯60的尺寸的一例,底面部61a的直徑L1為約1cm~5cm,渦電流式檢測器50的高度L2為約1cm至5cm。周壁部61c的外徑在圖18中是高度方向上相同的圓筒形狀,但也可以是向遠離底面部61a的方向,即朝向頂端變細的頂細形狀(錐形狀)。Fig. 18 is a cross-sectional view through the plane of the central axis 872 of the core portion 61b. The can core 60 as a magnetic body has a disk-shaped bottom surface portion 61a, a cylindrical core portion 61b provided at the center of the bottom surface portion 61a, and a cylindrical peripheral wall portion 61c provided around the bottom surface portion 61a. As an example of the size of the can core 60, the diameter L1 of the bottom surface portion 61a is about 1 cm to 5 cm, and the height L2 of the eddy current type detector 50 is about 1 cm to 5 cm. The outer diameter of the peripheral wall portion 61c is the same cylindrical shape in the height direction in Fig. 18, but may be a thinner shape (cone shape) that is tapered toward the bottom surface portion 61a, that is, toward the distal end.

在檢測線圈864、866,勵磁線圈860、862,虛擬線圈868、870使用的導線為銅、錳鎳銅合金線、或鎳鉻合金線。藉由使用錳鎳銅合金線、鎳鉻合金線,電阻等隨溫度變化小,溫度特性好。The wires used in the detection coils 864, 866, the excitation coils 860, 862, and the dummy coils 868, 870 are copper, manganese nickel copper alloy wires, or nichrome wires. By using a manganese-nickel-copper alloy wire or a nichrome wire, the resistance and the like are small with temperature change, and the temperature characteristics are good.

在本實施方式中,由於將線材捲繞在由鐵氧體等構成的磁心部61b的外側、周壁部61c的外側,來形成勵磁線圈860、862,因此能夠提高流過測量標的物的渦電流密度。另外,由於檢測線圈864、866也形成在磁心部61b的外側、周壁部61c的外側,因此能夠有效收集產生的逆磁場(交鏈磁通)。In the present embodiment, the coils are wound around the outer side of the core portion 61b made of ferrite or the like and the outer side of the peripheral wall portion 61c to form the exciting coils 860 and 862. Therefore, the eddy that flows through the measuring object can be increased. Current density. Further, since the detection coils 864 and 866 are also formed outside the core portion 61b and outside the peripheral wall portion 61c, the generated reverse magnetic field (interlinkage magnetic flux) can be efficiently collected.

為了提高流過測量標的物的渦電流密度,在本實施方式中,勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862進一步如圖19所示地並聯連接。即,內部線圈和外部線圈電並聯連接。並聯連接的理由如以下所示。當並聯連接時,相較於串聯連接的情況,可施加於勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862的電壓增加,從而流過勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862的電流增加。因此,磁場增大。另外,當串聯連接時,電路的電感增加,從而電路的頻率會降低。將所需的高頻施加到勵磁線圈860、862會變難。箭頭874表示流過勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862的電流的方向。In order to increase the eddy current density flowing through the measurement target, in the present embodiment, the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 are further connected in parallel as shown in FIG. That is, the inner coil and the outer coil are electrically connected in parallel. The reasons for the parallel connection are as follows. When connected in parallel, the voltages that can be applied to the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 increase as compared with the case of the series connection, so that the current flowing through the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 increases. Therefore, the magnetic field increases. In addition, when connected in series, the inductance of the circuit increases, and the frequency of the circuit decreases. It is difficult to apply the required high frequency to the exciting coils 860, 862. Arrow 874 indicates the direction of current flowing through the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862.

如圖19所示,勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862連接讓勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862的磁場方向相同。即,在勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862中電流於不同方向流動。磁場876是內側的勵磁線圈860產生的磁場,磁場878是外側的勵磁線圈862產生的磁場。如圖20所示,勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862的磁場方向相同。即,內部線圈在磁心部61b內產生的磁場的方向與外部線圈在磁心部61b內產生的磁場的方向相同。As shown in FIG. 19, the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 are connected such that the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 have the same magnetic field direction. That is, current flows in different directions in the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862. The magnetic field 876 is the magnetic field generated by the inner excitation coil 860, and the magnetic field 878 is the magnetic field generated by the outer excitation coil 862. As shown in FIG. 20, the direction of the magnetic field of the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 is the same. That is, the direction of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil in the core portion 61b is the same as the direction of the magnetic field generated by the outer coil in the core portion 61b.

區域880所示的磁場876和磁場878為相同方向,因此兩個磁場相加而變大。與以往那樣的僅存在勵磁線圈860產生的磁場876的情況相比,在本實施方式中磁場會增大勵磁線圈862產生的磁場878的量。The magnetic field 876 and the magnetic field 878 shown in the region 880 are in the same direction, so that the two magnetic fields add up and become larger. In the present embodiment, the magnetic field increases the amount of the magnetic field 878 generated by the exciting coil 862 as compared with the case where only the magnetic field 876 generated by the exciting coil 860 exists.

接著,與圖19不同,如圖21所示,對勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862連接讓勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862的磁場方向相反的情況進行說明。即,在勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862電流於相同方向流動。磁場876為內側的勵磁線圈860產生的磁場,磁場878為外側的勵磁線圈862產生的磁場。如圖22所示,勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862的磁場方向相反。即,內部線圈在磁心部61b內產生的磁場的方向與外部線圈在磁心部61b內產生的磁場的方向相反。Next, unlike FIG. 19, as shown in FIG. 21, the case where the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 are connected so that the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 have opposite magnetic directions will be described. That is, the current of the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 flows in the same direction. The magnetic field 876 is the magnetic field generated by the inner excitation coil 860, and the magnetic field 878 is the magnetic field generated by the outer excitation coil 862. As shown in FIG. 22, the direction of the magnetic field of the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 is opposite. That is, the direction of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil in the core portion 61b is opposite to the direction of the magnetic field generated by the outer coil in the core portion 61b.

區域880所示的磁場876與磁場878為相反方向,因此兩個磁場抵消而變小。外側的勵磁線圈862產生的磁場878抑制內側的勵磁線圈860產生的磁場876,而改變在磁心部61b內的磁力線的流動。此外,圖22所示的磁場為在位於外側的勵磁線圈862流動的電流大的情況。在電流大的情況下,在周壁部61c的內側,勵磁線圈862產生的磁場比勵磁線圈860產生的磁場的強度大,因此磁場878抑制住磁場876。其結果是,產生圖22所示的磁場。The magnetic field 876 shown in region 880 is in the opposite direction to the magnetic field 878, so the two magnetic fields cancel out and become smaller. The magnetic field 878 generated by the outer excitation coil 862 suppresses the magnetic field 876 generated by the inner excitation coil 860, and changes the flow of magnetic lines of force in the core portion 61b. Further, the magnetic field shown in FIG. 22 is a case where the current flowing through the exciting coil 862 located outside is large. When the current is large, the magnetic field generated by the exciting coil 862 is larger than the magnetic field generated by the exciting coil 860 inside the peripheral wall portion 61c, so that the magnetic field 878 suppresses the magnetic field 876. As a result, the magnetic field shown in Fig. 22 is generated.

將圖20與圖22進行比較,可知以下情況。藉由圖20所示的磁場在半導體晶圓16產生的渦電流密度在較窄的範圍內產生得較強。藉由圖22所示的磁場在半導體晶圓16產生的渦電流密度在較寬的範圍產生得較強。Comparing Fig. 20 with Fig. 22, the following can be seen. The eddy current density generated in the semiconductor wafer 16 by the magnetic field shown in Fig. 20 is generated to be strong in a narrow range. The eddy current density generated in the semiconductor wafer 16 by the magnetic field shown in Fig. 22 is generated to be strong over a wide range.

圖23是表示渦電流檢測器的各線圈的連接例的概略圖。如圖23(a)所示,檢測線圈864、866與虛擬線圈868、870彼此反相地連接。檢測線圈864與檢測線圈866串聯連接。虛擬線圈868與虛擬線圈870串聯連接。在圖23中,勵磁線圈860、862,檢測線圈864、866,虛擬線圈868、870由一個線圈圖示。Fig. 23 is a schematic view showing an example of connection of coils of the eddy current detector; As shown in FIG. 23(a), the detecting coils 864, 866 and the dummy coils 868, 870 are connected to each other in opposite phases. The detection coil 864 is connected in series with the detection coil 866. The virtual coil 868 is connected in series with the virtual coil 870. In Fig. 23, excitation coils 860, 862, detection coils 864, 866, and virtual coils 868, 870 are illustrated by one coil.

檢測線圈864、866和虛擬線圈868、870如上所述地構成反相的串聯電路,其兩端與包括可變電阻76的電阻電橋電路77連接。以勵磁線圈860、862與交流訊號源52連接,產生交變磁通的方式,在配置於附近的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf形成渦電流。以調整可變電阻76的阻值的方式,將由檢測線圈864、866和虛擬線圈868、870構成的串聯電路的輸出電壓作成在金屬膜(或導電性膜)不存在時能夠調整為零。以分別並聯接入檢測線圈864、866和虛擬線圈868、870的可變阻抗76(VR1 、VR2 )將L1 、L3 的訊號調整為同相位。即,在圖23(b)的等價電路中,調整可變阻抗VR1 (=VR1-1 +VR1-2 )以及VR2 (=VR2-1 +VR2-2 )來讓 VR1-1 ×(VR2-2 +jωL3 )=VR1-2 ×(VR2-1 +jωL1 ) (1)。 由此,如圖23(c)所示,使調整前的L1 ,L3 的訊號(圖中虛線所示)成為同相位、同振幅的訊號(圖中實線所示)。The detection coils 864, 866 and the dummy coils 868, 870 constitute an inverted series circuit as described above, and both ends thereof are connected to a resistance bridge circuit 77 including a variable resistor 76. The excitation coils 860 and 862 are connected to the AC signal source 52 to generate an alternating magnetic flux, and an eddy current is formed in the metal film (or conductive film) mf disposed in the vicinity. The output voltage of the series circuit including the detecting coils 864 and 866 and the dummy coils 868 and 870 is adjusted so as to adjust the resistance of the variable resistor 76 so that the metal film (or the conductive film) can be adjusted to zero when it does not exist. The signals of L 1 and L 3 are adjusted to be in phase by the variable impedances 76 (VR 1 , VR 2 ) respectively connected to the detection coils 864 and 866 and the dummy coils 868 and 870 in parallel. That is, in the equivalent circuit of FIG. 23(b), the variable impedance VR 1 (=VR 1-1 +VR 1-2 ) and VR 2 (=VR 2-1 +VR 2-2 ) are adjusted to let VR 1-1 × (VR 2-2 + jωL 3 ) = VR 1-2 × (VR 2-1 + jωL 1 ) (1). Accordingly, FIG. 23 (c), the prior adjustment so that L 1, L 3, the signal (shown in dashed lines in FIG.) Becomes the same phase, same amplitude signal (solid line).

接著,在金屬膜(或導電性膜)存在於檢測線圈864、866的附近時,藉由形成於金屬膜(或導電性膜)中的渦電流所產生的磁通在檢測線圈864、866與虛擬線圈868、870交鏈,但由於檢測線圈864、866配置在較靠近金屬膜(或導電性膜)的位置,因此在檢測線圈864、866和虛擬線圈868、870產生的感應電壓的平衡被破壞,由此,能夠檢測由金屬膜(或導電性膜)的渦電流所形成的交鏈磁通。即,藉由將檢測線圈864、866與虛擬線圈868、870的串聯電路從與交流訊號源連接的勵磁線圈860、862分離,並以電阻電橋電路調整平衡,從而能夠進行零點的調整。因此,由於能夠基於零的狀態檢測在金屬膜(或導電性膜)流動的渦電流,因此提高了金屬膜(或導電性膜)中的渦電流的檢測靈敏度。由此,能夠在較大的動態範圍進行形成於金屬膜(或導電性膜)的渦電流的大小的檢測。Next, when a metal film (or a conductive film) exists in the vicinity of the detecting coils 864 and 866, the magnetic flux generated by the eddy current formed in the metal film (or the conductive film) is in the detecting coils 864, 866 and The virtual coils 868, 870 are interlinked, but since the detecting coils 864, 866 are disposed closer to the metal film (or conductive film), the balance of the induced voltages generated at the detecting coils 864, 866 and the dummy coils 868, 870 is The damage is thereby able to detect the interlinkage magnetic flux formed by the eddy current of the metal film (or the conductive film). That is, by adjusting the series circuit of the detecting coils 864 and 866 and the dummy coils 868 and 870 from the exciting coils 860 and 862 connected to the alternating current signal source, and adjusting the balance by the resistance bridge circuit, the zero point can be adjusted. Therefore, since the eddy current flowing in the metal film (or the conductive film) can be detected based on the state of zero, the detection sensitivity of the eddy current in the metal film (or the conductive film) is improved. Thereby, the detection of the magnitude of the eddy current formed in the metal film (or the conductive film) can be performed in a large dynamic range.

圖24是表示渦電流檢測器的同步檢波電路的方塊圖。本圖表示從交流訊號源52側觀察渦電流式檢測器50側的阻抗Z的測量電路例。在本圖所示的阻抗Z的測量電路中,能夠取出伴隨膜厚的變化的電阻成分(R),電抗成分(X),振幅輸出(Z)以及相位輸出(tan-1 R/X)。Fig. 24 is a block diagram showing a synchronous detection circuit of an eddy current detector. This figure shows an example of a measuring circuit for observing the impedance Z on the side of the eddy current detector 50 from the side of the alternating current signal source 52. In the measurement circuit of the impedance Z shown in the figure, the resistance component (R), the reactance component (X), the amplitude output (Z), and the phase output (tan -1 R/X) accompanying the change in the film thickness can be taken out.

如上所述,供給交流訊號的訊號源52為由水晶振盪器構成的固定頻率的振盪器,供給例如2MHz,8MHz,16MHz的固定頻率的電壓至配置於成膜有檢測標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf的半導體晶圓W附近之渦電流式檢測器50。由訊號源52形成的交流電壓經由帶通濾波器82向渦電流式檢測器50供給。由渦電流式檢測器50的端子檢測出的訊號經由高頻放大器83以及移相電路84而藉由由cos同步檢波電路85以及sin同步檢波電路86構成的同步檢波部被取出檢測訊號的cos成分和sin成分。在此,由訊號源52形成的振盪訊號藉由移相電路84形成有訊號源52的同相成分(090cos同步檢波電路85和sin同步檢波電路86而進行上述同步檢波。As described above, the signal source 52 for supplying the alternating current signal is a fixed frequency oscillator composed of a crystal oscillator, and supplies a voltage of a fixed frequency of, for example, 2 MHz, 8 MHz, and 16 MHz to a metal film (or conductive) disposed on the film-forming target. The eddy current detector 50 in the vicinity of the semiconductor wafer W of the film mf. The AC voltage formed by the signal source 52 is supplied to the eddy current type detector 50 via the band pass filter 82. The signal detected by the terminal of the eddy current type detector 50 is taken out by the high frequency amplifier 83 and the phase shifting circuit 84 by the synchronous detecting unit composed of the cos synchronous detecting circuit 85 and the sin synchronous detecting circuit 86, and the cos component of the detection signal is taken out. And sin ingredients. Here, the oscillation signal formed by the signal source 52 is formed by the phase shifting circuit 84 to form the in-phase component of the signal source 52 (the 090cos synchronous detecting circuit 85 and the sin synchronous detecting circuit 86) to perform the above-described synchronous detection.

經同步檢波的訊號藉由低通濾波器87、88除去訊號成分以上的不需要的高頻成分,並分別取出作為cos同步檢波輸出的電阻成分(R)輸出及作為sin同步檢波輸出的電抗成分(X)輸出。另外,利用向量運算電路89,從電阻成分(R)輸出和電抗成分(X)輸出得到振幅輸出(R2 +X21/2 。另外,利用向量運算電路90,同樣地從電阻成分輸出和電抗成分輸出得到相位輸出(tan-1 R/X)。在此,為了除去檢測器訊號的雜訊成分而在測定裝置主體設置有各種濾波器。各種濾波器藉由設定分別對應的截止頻率,例如將低通濾波器的截止頻率設定在0.1~10Hz的範圍,而能夠除去混合在研磨中的檢測器訊號的雜訊成分而高精度地對測定標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜)進行測定。The synchronously detected signals are removed from the unnecessary high-frequency components of the signal component by the low-pass filters 87 and 88, and the resistance component (R) output as the cos synchronous detection output and the reactance component as the sin synchronous detection output are respectively taken out. (X) output. Further, the vector operation circuit 89 outputs an amplitude output (R 2 + X 2 ) 1/2 from the output of the resistance component (R) and the output of the reactance component (X). Further, the vector operation circuit 90 similarly outputs a phase output (tan -1 R/X) from the resistance component output and the reactance component output. Here, various filters are provided in the main body of the measuring device in order to remove the noise component of the detector signal. By setting the respective cutoff frequencies, for example, setting the cutoff frequency of the low-pass filter to a range of 0.1 to 10 Hz, it is possible to remove the noise component of the detector signal mixed in the polishing and to accurately measure the noise. The target metal film (or conductive film) was measured.

接著,使用圖18所示的渦電流式檢測器50,參照圖25對進行終點檢測的方法的一例進行說明。在圖25中,縱軸表示半導體晶圓16的膜厚(mm),橫軸表示研磨開始後的研磨時間(sec)。在橫軸中,也藉由整數來表示,在由渦電流式檢測器50進行測定時是第幾次旋轉。1為第一次旋轉,N為第N次旋轉。終點檢測部28從檢測到的渦電流決定半導體晶圓16的研磨速率,基於研磨速率來作成近似線(初始研磨速率公式882)。使用在研磨的初始階段研磨台30A旋轉多次的期間得到的渦電流來作成初始研磨速率公式882。Next, an example of a method of performing end point detection will be described with reference to FIG. 25 using the eddy current type detector 50 shown in FIG. In FIG. 25, the vertical axis represents the film thickness (mm) of the semiconductor wafer 16, and the horizontal axis represents the polishing time (sec) after the start of polishing. The horizontal axis is also represented by an integer, and is the first rotation when measured by the eddy current type detector 50. 1 is the first rotation and N is the Nth rotation. The end point detecting unit 28 determines the polishing rate of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the detected eddy current, and creates an approximate line (initial polishing rate formula 882) based on the polishing rate. An initial polishing rate formula 882 is created using an eddy current obtained during a period in which the polishing table 30A is rotated a plurality of times in the initial stage of polishing.

以根據初始研磨速率公式882的研磨速率計算研磨半導體晶圓16時的預期研磨量,而檢測到達研磨終點884的時間。終點檢測部28根據預期研磨量、以及與對應於研磨終點884的膜厚相關的閾值886檢測研磨終點884。此時,相對於由研磨產生的半導體晶圓16內的配線高度的變化,渦電流式檢測器50的輸出的變化小的情況下,難以精確地得到渦電流式檢測器50的輸出值的變化。此時執行如下所示的渦電流式檢測器50的輸出值的取消演算法。The expected amount of grinding when the semiconductor wafer 16 is polished is calculated based on the polishing rate of the initial polishing rate formula 882, and the time to reach the polishing end point 884 is detected. The end point detecting unit 28 detects the polishing end point 884 based on the expected amount of polishing and the threshold 886 associated with the film thickness corresponding to the polishing end point 884. At this time, when the change in the output of the eddy current type detector 50 is small with respect to the change in the wiring height in the semiconductor wafer 16 caused by the polishing, it is difficult to accurately obtain the change in the output value of the eddy current type detector 50. . At this time, the cancel algorithm of the output value of the eddy current type detector 50 as shown below is executed.

在取消演算法中,終點檢測部28比較從渦電流得到的膜厚相關資料及從研磨速率預測的膜厚相關資料,在比較的結果比指定值大的情況下,不使用從渦電流得到的膜厚相關資料。例如,比較按每一次旋轉所收集的資料和從初始研磨速率公式882預測的膜厚相關資料,在兩者與指定值相比大不相同的情況下,不採用所收集的資料。例如,在第N+2次旋轉收集到資料時,當在第N+2次旋轉收集的資料與在第N+1次旋轉收集的資料之差大於(或小於)在第N+1次旋轉收集的資料與在第N次旋轉收集的資料之差(指定值)時,不使用在第N+2次旋轉收集的資料。取而代之,使用基於初始研磨速率公式882得到的值。是比指定值大時不使用或是比指定值小時不使用則係依存於膜的性質等研磨條件。In the cancel algorithm, the end point detecting unit 28 compares the film thickness related data obtained from the eddy current and the film thickness related data predicted from the polishing rate, and when the comparison result is larger than the specified value, the eddy current is not used. Film thickness related information. For example, comparing the data collected per rotation with the film thickness related data predicted from the initial polishing rate formula 882, the collected data is not used if the two are significantly different from the specified values. For example, when data is collected in the N+2th rotation, the difference between the data collected at the N+2th rotation and the data collected at the N+1th rotation is greater than (or less than) at the N+1th rotation. The data collected at the N+2th rotation is not used when the collected data differs from the data collected at the Nth rotation (specified value). Instead, a value based on the initial polishing rate formula 882 is used. When it is not used when the value is larger than the specified value or is not used when the value is specified, it is dependent on the polishing conditions such as the properties of the film.

不使用所收集的資料的其他情況還有以下的情況。例如,在第N+2次旋轉收集到資料時,當在第N+2次旋轉收集的資料比在第N+1次旋轉收集的資料大時,不使用在第N+2次旋轉收集的資料。取而代之,使用基於初始研磨速率公式882得到的資料。In other cases where the collected data is not used, the following cases are also present. For example, when data is collected in the N+2th rotation, when the data collected at the N+2th rotation is larger than the data collected at the N+1th rotation, the collection collected at the N+2th rotation is not used. data. Instead, the data obtained based on the initial polishing rate formula 882 is used.

在不使用第N+2次旋轉收集的資料時,在第N+3次旋轉以後取得與近似線接近的值的情況下,採用該資料。如已述那樣,在研磨開始後,初始研磨速率公式882係使用數次旋轉而作成,例如,可以每旋轉十次使用最新的數次旋轉而重新作成。When the data collected by the N+2th rotation is not used, the data is used when the value close to the approximate line is obtained after the N+3th rotation. As already described, after the start of the grinding, the initial polishing rate formula 882 is created using several rotations, for example, it can be re-created using the latest number of rotations every ten rotations.

接著,就周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部61a的周邊部來包圍磁心部61b的壁部的示例,參照圖26~28進行說明。在圖26、27中,底面部61a具有柱狀的形狀,周壁部61c為配置於柱狀的形狀的兩端的渦電流式檢測器50(磁性元件)。圖26為俯視圖。圖27為圖26的AA剖面圖。周邊部磁性體61d在底面部61a的周邊部設有兩個。該渦電流式檢測器50如圖27所示為E型的磁性元件。圖28為周邊部磁性體61d在底面部61a的周邊部設有四個的渦電流式檢測器50(磁性元件)的俯視圖。周邊部磁性體61d也可以為五個以上。Next, an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not surrounded by the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion 61a and surrounding the wall portion of the core portion 61b will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 28. In FIGS. 26 and 27, the bottom surface portion 61a has a columnar shape, and the peripheral wall portion 61c is an eddy current type detector 50 (magnetic element) disposed at both ends of a columnar shape. Figure 26 is a plan view. Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of Figure 26 . The peripheral magnetic body 61d is provided at two peripheral portions of the bottom surface portion 61a. This eddy current type detector 50 is an E-type magnetic element as shown in FIG. FIG. 28 is a plan view showing four eddy current type detectors 50 (magnetic elements) provided in the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion 61a of the peripheral magnetic body 61d. The peripheral magnetic body 61d may be five or more.

在E型的磁性元件的情況下,線圈的配置除了圖26、27所示的配置以外,也可以是圖49、50所示的線圈的配置。圖49為俯視圖。圖50是圖49的AA剖面圖。在圖49、50所示的實施方式中,在底面部61a中的、位於磁心部61b與周邊部磁性體61d之間的部分61e的外周還設有檢測線圈864a、864b,勵磁線圈860a、860b及虛擬線圈868a、868b。檢測線圈864a、864b,勵磁線圈860a、860b及虛擬線圈868a、868b其中的至少一個也可以是設於部分61e。另外,在圖49、50所示的實施方式中,作為勵磁線圈以及虛擬線圈也可以僅設置勵磁線圈860a、860b,虛擬線圈868a、868b而不設置勵磁線圈860,虛擬線圈868。In the case of the E-type magnetic element, the arrangement of the coils may be the arrangement of the coils shown in Figs. 49 and 50, in addition to the arrangement shown in Figs. Figure 49 is a plan view. Figure 50 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of Figure 49. In the embodiment shown in Figs. 49 and 50, detection coils 864a and 864b, excitation coil 860a, and excitation coils 860a are provided on the outer circumference of the portion 61e between the core portion 61b and the peripheral portion magnetic body 61d in the bottom surface portion 61a. 860b and virtual coils 868a, 868b. At least one of the detection coils 864a, 864b, the excitation coils 860a, 860b, and the dummy coils 868a, 868b may be provided in the portion 61e. Further, in the embodiment shown in Figs. 49 and 50, only the exciting coils 860a and 860b may be provided as the exciting coil and the dummy coil, and the exciting coil 860 and the dummy coil 868 may not be provided in the dummy coils 868a and 868b.

檢測線圈864a和檢測線圈864b也可以由導線電連接,也可以不用導線連接而電氣獨立。就勵磁線圈860a與勵磁線圈860b,虛擬線圈868a與虛擬線圈868b,也可以用導線電連接,也可以不用導線連接而電氣地獨立。The detecting coil 864a and the detecting coil 864b may be electrically connected by wires or may be electrically independent without wire connection. The exciting coil 860a and the exciting coil 860b, the virtual coil 868a and the dummy coil 868b may be electrically connected by wires or may be electrically independent without using a wire.

接著,參照圖48,就在半導體晶圓16的導電性變化時改變勵磁線圈860及/或勵磁線圈862產生的磁場的強度的實施方式進行說明。以下,雖就改變勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862所產生的磁場的強度的實施方式進行說明,但也可以僅就勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862的一方改變產生的磁場的強度。Next, an embodiment in which the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coil 860 and/or the exciting coil 862 is changed when the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer 16 changes is described with reference to FIG. Hereinafter, an embodiment in which the strength of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 is changed will be described. However, the strength of the generated magnetic field may be changed only for one of the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862.

在圖48中,在半導體晶圓16形成有絕緣層888(絕緣部),在絕緣層888之上形成有銅等導電層890。從圖48(a)的狀態經由圖48(b)的狀態,到圖48(c)的狀態進行研磨。導電層890例如作為配線使用。In FIG. 48, an insulating layer 888 (insulating portion) is formed on the semiconductor wafer 16, and a conductive layer 890 such as copper is formed on the insulating layer 888. Polishing is performed from the state of Fig. 48 (a) to the state of Fig. 48 (c) via the state of Fig. 48 (b). The conductive layer 890 is used, for example, as a wiring.

在圖48(a)的狀態下,由於導電層890存在於半導體晶圓16的前表面,導電層890會產生較多的渦電流。在圖48(c)的狀態下,由於導電層890僅存在於半導體晶圓16的較小的部分,導電層890會產生較少的渦電流。從圖48(a)的狀態到圖48(b)的狀態,勵磁線圈860、862產生的磁場的強度較小。在成為圖48(b)的狀態時,勵磁線圈860、862產生的磁場的強度增大。這是由於在成為圖48(b)的狀態時,半導體晶圓16的導電性發生變化。In the state of FIG. 48(a), since the conductive layer 890 exists on the front surface of the semiconductor wafer 16, the conductive layer 890 generates a large amount of eddy current. In the state of FIG. 48(c), since the conductive layer 890 exists only in a small portion of the semiconductor wafer 16, the conductive layer 890 generates less eddy current. From the state of Fig. 48 (a) to the state of Fig. 48 (b), the strength of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coils 860, 862 is small. When the state shown in Fig. 48 (b) is reached, the strength of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coils 860 and 862 is increased. This is because the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer 16 changes when it is in the state of FIG. 48(b).

作為在半導體晶圓16的導電性變化時改變勵磁線圈860、862產生的磁場的強度的時間點,也可以是設為圖48(a)所示的絕緣層888的部分892的研磨結束時,而不是成為圖48(b)的狀態時。When the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coils 860 and 862 is changed when the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer 16 changes, the polishing of the portion 892 of the insulating layer 888 shown in FIG. 48(a) may be completed. Instead of becoming the state of Figure 48(b).

為了使勵磁線圈860、862產生的磁場的強度增大,而增大在勵磁線圈860、862流動的電流,或增大施加於勵磁線圈860、862的電壓。作為使磁場的強度增大的其他方法,也可以從僅使用勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862的一方的狀態,改變為使用勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862兩者的狀態。In order to increase the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coils 860 and 862, the current flowing through the exciting coils 860 and 862 is increased, or the voltage applied to the exciting coils 860 and 862 is increased. As another method of increasing the strength of the magnetic field, it is also possible to change from the state in which only the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 are used to the state in which both the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 are used.

此外,也可以在研磨台的內部配置複數個渦電流式檢測器,代替在半導體晶圓16的導電性變化時改變勵磁線圈860以及/或勵磁線圈862產生的磁場的強度。複數個渦電流式檢測器的檢測靈敏度互不相同。從圖48(a)的狀態到圖48(b)的狀態,使用檢測靈敏度較小的渦電流式檢測器50。在成為圖48(b)的狀態時,使用檢測靈敏度較大的渦電流式檢測器50。Further, a plurality of eddy current detectors may be disposed inside the polishing table instead of changing the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coil 860 and/or the exciting coil 862 when the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer 16 changes. The detection sensitivities of a plurality of eddy current detectors are different from each other. From the state of Fig. 48 (a) to the state of Fig. 48 (b), the eddy current type detector 50 having a small detection sensitivity is used. In the state shown in Fig. 48 (b), the eddy current type detector 50 having a large detection sensitivity is used.

在此,「檢測靈敏度互不相同」意思是指「產生的磁場的強度不同」,及/或「產生的磁場的範圍不同」等。作為需要複數個檢測靈敏度互不相同的渦電流式檢測器的情況,例如有以下的情況。(a)需要對一個晶片內的導電性的膜所占的比例不同之複數個晶片的膜厚進行測定的情況,(b)需要於圖48(a)所示的對高度方向896上對解析度的要求不同之複數個晶片的膜厚進行測定的情況,(c)需要於圖48(a)所示的高度方向896上對的研磨量不同複數個之晶片的膜厚進行測定的情況等。Here, "the detection sensitivities are different from each other" means "the intensity of the generated magnetic field is different", and/or "the range of the generated magnetic field is different". As a case where an eddy current type detector having a plurality of detection sensitivities different from each other is required, for example, there are the following cases. (a) It is necessary to measure the film thickness of a plurality of wafers in which the ratio of the conductive film in one wafer is different, and (b) the analysis in the height direction 896 shown in Fig. 48 (a) is required. (C) the case where it is necessary to measure the film thickness of a plurality of wafers in the height direction 896 shown in FIG. 48(a), etc. .

(c)的需要於高度方向896上對研磨量不同之複數個晶片的膜厚進行測定的情況是例如以下的情況。在研磨開始時,導電層890(Cu配線)具有圖48(a)所示的高度方向的距離LL。在研磨結束時,導電層890具有圖48(c)所示的高度方向896的距離LS。作為距離LL與距離LS的組合有各種可能性。根據距離LL的範圍,有時需要複數個具有不同解析度的檢測器。In the case of (c), it is necessary to measure the film thickness of a plurality of wafers having different amounts of polishing in the height direction 896, for example, the following. At the start of the polishing, the conductive layer 890 (Cu wiring) has a distance LL in the height direction shown in Fig. 48 (a). At the end of the polishing, the conductive layer 890 has a distance LS in the height direction 896 shown in Fig. 48(c). There are various possibilities as a combination of the distance LL and the distance LS. Depending on the range of the distance LL, a plurality of detectors having different resolutions are sometimes required.

以上,作為改變檢測靈敏度的方法,雖說明了在研磨台的內部配置複數個渦電流式檢測器的方法,但作為改變檢測靈敏度的方法,也可以僅使用圖18所示的勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862的一方。即,作為改變檢測靈敏度的方法能夠採用如下方法,其具有:伴隨研磨台30A的旋轉,藉由第一步驟、第二步驟、第三步驟中的至少一個步驟,由檢測線圈864及/或檢測線圈866對形成於半導體晶圓16的渦電流進行檢測的步驟;以及從檢測出的渦電流檢測表示半導體晶圓16的研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。在第一步驟中,藉由檢測線圈864及/或檢測線圈866檢測由勵磁線圈860而形成於半導體晶圓16的渦電流。在第二步驟中,藉由檢測線圈864及/或檢測線圈866檢測由勵磁線圈862而形成於半導體晶圓16的渦電流。在第三步驟中,藉由檢測線圈864及/或檢測線圈866檢測由勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862兩者形成於半導體晶圓16的渦電流。As described above, as a method of changing the detection sensitivity, a method of arranging a plurality of eddy current detectors inside the polishing table has been described. However, as a method of changing the detection sensitivity, only the exciting coil 860 shown in FIG. 18 may be used. One of the exciting coils 862. That is, as a method of changing the detection sensitivity, a method may be employed which has the detection coil 864 and/or detection by at least one of the first step, the second step, and the third step with the rotation of the polishing table 30A. The step of detecting the eddy current formed on the semiconductor wafer 16 by the coil 866; and the step of detecting the end point of the polishing indicating the end of the polishing of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the detected eddy current. In the first step, the eddy current formed by the excitation coil 860 on the semiconductor wafer 16 is detected by the detection coil 864 and/or the detection coil 866. In the second step, the eddy current formed by the exciting coil 862 on the semiconductor wafer 16 is detected by the detecting coil 864 and/or the detecting coil 866. In the third step, the eddy current formed by the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 on the semiconductor wafer 16 is detected by the detection coil 864 and/or the detection coil 866.

勵磁線圈860的外徑比勵磁線圈862的外徑小。因此,將勵磁線圈860單獨產生的磁場的範圍和勵磁線圈862單獨產生的磁場的範圍相比,勵磁線圈862單獨產生的磁場的範圍大。因此,勵磁線圈860能夠在窄區域進行膜厚的測定。勵磁線圈862能夠在寬的區域進行膜厚的測定。The outer diameter of the exciting coil 860 is smaller than the outer diameter of the exciting coil 862. Therefore, the range of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coil 860 alone is larger than the range of the magnetic field generated by the exciting coil 862 alone. Therefore, the exciting coil 860 can measure the film thickness in a narrow region. The field coil 862 can measure the film thickness in a wide area.

使用勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862兩者的情況能夠將勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862分別產生的磁場組合(合成)而進行控制。藉由組合控制,與僅使用勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862的一方的情況相比,能夠更大幅度地控制磁場的擴展區域與磁場的強度兩者。When both the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 are used, the magnetic field generated by the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 can be combined (synthesized) and controlled. By the combination control, it is possible to more strongly control both the extended region of the magnetic field and the strength of the magnetic field as compared with the case where only one of the exciting coil 860 and the exciting coil 862 is used.

要採用第一步驟、第二步驟、第三步驟中的哪個步驟可由半導體晶圓16上的精細電路具有何種結構、或裸晶尺寸為何種程度的大小來決定。Which of the first, second, and third steps is to be employed may be determined by what structure the fine circuit on the semiconductor wafer 16 has, or to what extent the die size is.

另外,關於渦電流式檢測器50的尺寸與測量標的的晶片尺寸的關係,宜為以下關係。例如,在晶片的形狀為正方形或長方形的情況下,渦電流式檢測器50的尺寸宜為與該正方形或長方形外接的外接圓。渦電流式檢測器50的尺寸較外接圓亦不宜過小或過大。在晶片尺寸極端地大於或小於渦電流式檢測器50的尺寸的情況下,由於有可能不能檢測出渦電流,在該情況下,有時需要配置尺寸不同之複數個渦電流式檢測器50。Further, the relationship between the size of the eddy current type detector 50 and the size of the wafer to be measured is preferably the following. For example, in the case where the shape of the wafer is square or rectangular, the eddy current detector 50 is preferably circumscribed by an circumcircle which is circumscribed to the square or rectangle. The size of the eddy current detector 50 should not be too small or too large compared to the circumscribed circle. In the case where the wafer size is extremely larger or smaller than the size of the eddy current type detector 50, since eddy current may not be detected, in this case, it is sometimes necessary to arrange a plurality of eddy current type detectors 50 having different sizes.

此外,因僅增加勵磁線圈,渦電流的強度會提高,因此在檢測圖48(a)所示的團塊(膜)時,即便僅增加勵磁也會有效果。「團塊(膜)」意思是導電層890中,如區域894那樣覆蓋半導體晶圓16的表面整體者。另外,「僅增加勵磁線圈」意思是,僅就勵磁線圈860、862,設置外側線圈即勵磁線圈862,而就檢測線圈864、866,虛擬線圈868、870,不設置外側線圈即檢測線圈866,虛擬線圈870。Further, since the intensity of the eddy current is increased by merely increasing the exciting coil, it is effective to increase the excitation even when the agglomerate (film) shown in Fig. 48 (a) is detected. The "clump (film)" means that the conductive layer 890 covers the entire surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 as in the region 894. In addition, "only the excitation coil is added" means that the excitation coils 862 and 862 are provided, and the excitation coils 862, which are the outer coils, are provided, and the detection coils 864 and 866, the virtual coils 868 and 870, and the outer coils are not provided. Coil 866, virtual coil 870.

在檢測圖48(b),圖48(c)所示的導電層890(Cu配線)時,由於有需要渦電流式檢測器50的檢測靈敏度比圖48(a)的狀態時還大,因此就檢測線圈864、866,虛擬線圈868、870,有時也宜設置外側線圈即檢測線圈866,虛擬線圈870。When the conductive layer 890 (Cu wiring) shown in FIG. 48(b) and FIG. 48(c) is detected, since the detection sensitivity of the eddy current type detector 50 is required to be larger than that in the state of FIG. 48(a), As for the detection coils 864 and 866 and the dummy coils 868 and 870, it is preferable to provide the outer coil, that is, the detection coil 866 and the dummy coil 870.

接著,對終點檢測部28也會考慮臂轉矩檢測部26所檢測出的臂轉矩26a、台轉矩地而檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點的示例進行說明。在圖16中,在與擺動軸馬達14連接的擺動臂110的連接部中,臂轉矩檢測部26檢測施加於擺動臂110的臂轉矩26a。具體而言,臂驅動部為使擺動臂110旋轉的擺動軸馬達(旋轉馬達)14,臂轉矩檢測部26從擺動軸馬達14的電流值檢測施加於擺動臂110的臂轉矩26a。擺動軸馬達14的電流值是依存於與擺動軸馬達14連接的擺動臂110的連接部中臂轉矩的量。在本實施方式中,擺動軸馬達14的電流值為從驅動器18供給至擺動軸馬達14的電流值18b。Next, the end point detecting unit 28 will be described with reference to an arm torque 26a detected by the arm torque detecting unit 26 and a table torque indicating an end point of polishing indicating the end of polishing. In FIG. 16, in the connection portion of the swing arm 110 connected to the swing shaft motor 14, the arm torque detecting portion 26 detects the arm torque 26a applied to the swing arm 110. Specifically, the arm drive unit is a swing shaft motor (rotary motor) 14 that rotates the swing arm 110, and the arm torque detecting unit 26 detects the arm torque 26a applied to the swing arm 110 from the current value of the swing shaft motor 14. The current value of the swing shaft motor 14 is an amount depending on the arm torque in the connection portion of the swing arm 110 connected to the swing shaft motor 14. In the present embodiment, the current value of the swing shaft motor 14 is the current value 18b supplied from the actuator 18 to the swing shaft motor 14.

參照圖29對由臂轉矩檢測部26進行的臂轉矩26a的檢測方法進行說明。驅動器18從控制部65輸入與擺動臂110的位置有關的位置指令65a。位置指令65a是與擺動臂110相對於擺動臂軸117旋轉的旋轉角度相當的資料。另外驅動器18從內置並安裝於擺動軸馬達14的編碼器36輸入擺動臂軸117的旋轉角度36a。A method of detecting the arm torque 26a by the arm torque detecting unit 26 will be described with reference to Fig. 29 . The driver 18 inputs a position command 65a related to the position of the swing arm 110 from the control unit 65. The position command 65a is information corresponding to the rotation angle of the swing arm 110 with respect to the swing arm shaft 117. Further, the driver 18 inputs the rotation angle 36a of the swing arm shaft 117 from the encoder 36 built in and mounted to the swing shaft motor 14.

編碼器36能夠檢測擺動軸馬達14的旋轉軸的旋轉角度36a,即擺動臂軸117的旋轉角度36a者。在本圖中,擺動軸馬達14與編碼器36獨立圖示,實際上,擺動軸馬達14與編碼器36一體化。作為這樣的一體型馬達的一例,有帶回饋編碼器的同步型AC伺服馬達。The encoder 36 is capable of detecting the rotation angle 36a of the rotation shaft of the swing shaft motor 14, that is, the rotation angle 36a of the swing arm shaft 117. In the figure, the swing shaft motor 14 and the encoder 36 are shown separately, and in fact, the swing shaft motor 14 is integrated with the encoder 36. As an example of such an integrated motor, there is a synchronous AC servo motor with a feedback encoder.

驅動器18具有偏差電路38、電流產生電路40、PWM電路42。偏差電路38從位置指令65a和旋轉角度36a求得位置指令65a與旋轉角度36a的偏差38a。偏差38a、電流值18b被輸入到電流產生電路40。電流產生電路40從偏差38a、當前的電流值18b,產生與偏差38a對應的電流指令18a。PWM電路42被輸入電流指令18a,藉由PWM(Pulse Width Modulation:脈衝寬度調製)控制,產生電流值18b。電流值18b是能夠驅動擺動軸馬達14的三相(U相,V相,W相)電流。電流值18b被供給至擺動軸馬達14。The driver 18 has a deviation circuit 38, a current generation circuit 40, and a PWM circuit 42. The deviation circuit 38 determines the deviation 38a between the position command 65a and the rotation angle 36a from the position command 65a and the rotation angle 36a. The deviation 38a and the current value 18b are input to the current generating circuit 40. The current generating circuit 40 generates a current command 18a corresponding to the deviation 38a from the deviation 38a and the current current value 18b. The PWM circuit 42 is input with a current command 18a, and is controlled by PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) to generate a current value 18b. The current value 18b is a three-phase (U-phase, V-phase, W-phase) current capable of driving the swing shaft motor 14. The current value 18b is supplied to the swing shaft motor 14.

電流指令18a是依存於擺動軸馬達14的電流值的量,並依存於臂轉矩的量。臂轉矩檢測部26在對電流指令18a進行了AD變換、放大、整流、有效值轉換等處理中的至少一個處理後,輸出至終點檢測部28作為臂轉矩26a。The current command 18a is an amount depending on the current value of the swing shaft motor 14, and depends on the amount of arm torque. The arm torque detecting unit 26 performs at least one of AD conversion, amplification, rectification, and rms conversion on the current command 18a, and outputs the result to the end point detecting unit 28 as the arm torque 26a.

電流值18b是擺動軸馬達14的電流值本身,並且依存於臂轉矩的量。臂轉矩檢測部26也可以從電流值18b檢測施加於擺動臂110的臂轉矩26a。臂轉矩檢測部26在檢測電流值18b時,能夠使用霍爾檢測器等電流檢測器。The current value 18b is the current value itself of the swing shaft motor 14, and depends on the amount of arm torque. The arm torque detecting unit 26 may detect the arm torque 26a applied to the swing arm 110 from the current value 18b. When detecting the current value 18b, the arm torque detecting unit 26 can use a current detector such as a Hall detector.

參照圖29,對由電流檢測部810(檢測部)進行的馬達電流的檢測方法進行說明。電流檢測部810檢測用於驅動研磨台旋轉的馬達M3(第一電動機,參照圖2)、用於驅動頂環31A旋轉的馬達M1(第二電動機,參照圖5)、以及用於使擺動臂擺動的馬達M2(第三電動機,參照圖5)中的一個電動機的電流值,並生成第一輸出。在本實施方式中,電流檢測部810檢測馬達M2的電流值,並生成第一輸出810a。電流檢測部810中輸入三相(U相,V相,W相)的電流值18b。A method of detecting the motor current by the current detecting unit 810 (detecting unit) will be described with reference to Fig. 29 . The current detecting unit 810 detects a motor M3 (first motor, see FIG. 2) for driving the rotation of the polishing table, a motor M1 for driving the rotation of the top ring 31A (second motor, see FIG. 5), and a swing arm. The current value of one of the motor M2 (the third motor, see FIG. 5) is swung, and a first output is generated. In the present embodiment, the current detecting unit 810 detects the current value of the motor M2 and generates the first output 810a. The current detecting unit 810 inputs a current value 18b of three phases (U phase, V phase, W phase).

就U相,V相,W相的電流值18b的每一個,電流檢測部810例如每隔10msec進行採樣,並對採樣到的電流值18b分別求得100msec的移動平均。進行移動平均的目的為減少雜訊。然後,就U相,V相,W相的電流值18b,進行全波整流,接下來藉由有效值轉換,對每一個分別求得有效值。在算出有效值後,將這三個值相加而生成第一輸出810a。電流檢測部810將所生成的第一輸出810a輸出至終點檢測部28。The current detecting unit 810 samples the current value 18b of the U phase, the V phase, and the W phase, for example, every 10 msec, and obtains a moving average of 100 msec for each of the sampled current values 18b. The purpose of moving average is to reduce noise. Then, the U-phase, the V-phase, and the W-phase current value 18b are subjected to full-wave rectification, and then the effective value is obtained for each of the respective values by the effective value conversion. After the effective value is calculated, the three values are added to generate a first output 810a. The current detecting unit 810 outputs the generated first output 810a to the end point detecting unit 28.

此外,雜訊的減少處理可進行各種的雜訊減少處理,不限於上述移動平均處理。另外,電流檢測部810也可以對電流值18b進行有效值計算以外的處理。例如,也可以在計算出電流值18b的各自的絕對值後,將這三個值相加而生成第一輸出810a。另外,電流檢測部810也可以將電動機的三相的電流值的絕對值的平方和作為第一輸出進行生成。另外,也可以僅對U相,V相,W相的三相的電流值18b中的一相或兩相計算有效值。第一輸出只要是能夠表示轉矩的變化的量,可以是任意的量。基於第一輸出來檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點的終點檢測部28能夠從第一輸出(摩擦力)的變化,檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點。Further, the noise reduction processing can perform various noise reduction processing, and is not limited to the above-described moving average processing. Further, the current detecting unit 810 may perform processing other than the calculation of the effective value on the current value 18b. For example, after calculating the respective absolute values of the current values 18b, the three values may be added to generate the first output 810a. Further, the current detecting unit 810 may generate a sum of squares of the absolute values of the three-phase current values of the motor as the first output. Further, it is also possible to calculate an effective value only for one or both of the current values 18b of the three phases of the U phase, the V phase, and the W phase. The first output may be any amount as long as it is an amount capable of indicating a change in torque. The end point detecting unit 28 that detects the end point of the polishing indicating the end of the polishing based on the first output can detect the end point of the polishing indicating the end of the polishing from the change in the first output (frictional force).

在本實施方式中,對在研磨台30A的平面上向左右方向(圓周方向)擺動的擺動臂110進行了說明。但是,關於在研磨台30A的平面上,在研磨台30A的旋轉中心與研磨台30A的端部之間,在半徑方向上沿直線方向往復的臂,本實施方式也能夠適用。In the present embodiment, the swing arm 110 that swings in the horizontal direction (circumferential direction) on the plane of the polishing table 30A has been described. However, the present embodiment is also applicable to an arm that reciprocates in the radial direction between the center of rotation of the polishing table 30A and the end of the polishing table 30A on the plane of the polishing table 30A in the radial direction.

此外,終點檢測部28能夠構成為具有CPU,記憶體,輸入輸出單元的電腦。此時,能夠將作為終點檢測部手段和控制研磨裝置的研磨的控制手段而發揮作用的的程式儲存於記憶體,其中,終點檢測部單元能夠從檢測出的渦電流檢測表示半導體晶圓16的研磨的結束之研磨終點。Further, the end point detecting unit 28 can be configured as a computer having a CPU, a memory, and an input/output unit. In this case, a program that functions as an end point detecting unit and a control means for controlling polishing of the polishing apparatus can be stored in the memory, wherein the end point detecting unit can detect the semiconductor wafer 16 from the detected eddy current. The end of the grinding end of the grinding.

接著,參照圖30,對具有光學式檢測器的其他實施方式進行說明。在本方式中,並用擺動研磨台30A之擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動的檢測和由光學式檢測器進行的半導體晶圓16的研磨面的反射率的檢測。為了進行終點檢測,在研磨台30A組入有檢測器。檢測器為光學式檢測器724。作為光學式檢測器724,使用利用了光纖的檢測器等。此外,也可以使用渦電流式檢測器,代替光學式檢測器724。Next, another embodiment having an optical detector will be described with reference to FIG. In the present embodiment, the detection of the torque fluctuation of the swing shaft motor 14 of the swing polishing table 30A and the detection of the reflectance of the polished surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the optical detector are used in combination. In order to perform the end point detection, a detector is incorporated in the polishing table 30A. The detector is an optical detector 724. As the optical detector 724, a detector using an optical fiber or the like is used. In addition, an eddy current detector may be used instead of the optical detector 724.

在圖30的實施方式的情況下,能夠解決以下課題。為了進行終點檢測,在僅使用轉矩變動檢測方式或光學式檢測方式的一方的情況下,在研磨標的物的研磨中混合了金屬膜的研磨和絕緣膜的研磨的情況下,有以下問題。轉矩變動檢測方式適用於金屬膜與絕緣膜的邊界的檢測,光學式檢測方式適用於膜的厚度的變化的檢測。因此,在僅有一方的方式時,在需要膜的邊界的檢測及殘膜的厚度的檢測兩者的情況下,只能得到不充分的檢測精度。藉由因應是膜的邊界的檢測、還是殘膜的厚度的檢測,區分使用轉矩變動檢測和光學式檢測,即能夠解決課題。In the case of the embodiment of Fig. 30, the following problems can be solved. In order to perform the end point detection, when only one of the torque fluctuation detecting method or the optical detecting method is used, when the polishing of the metal film and the polishing of the insulating film are mixed in the polishing of the polishing target, there are the following problems. The torque variation detection method is applied to the detection of the boundary between the metal film and the insulating film, and the optical detection method is applied to the detection of the change in the thickness of the film. Therefore, in the case of only one mode, when both the detection of the boundary of the film and the detection of the thickness of the residual film are required, only insufficient detection accuracy can be obtained. By using the detection of the boundary of the film or the detection of the thickness of the residual film, it is possible to solve the problem by using the torque fluctuation detection and the optical detection.

在光學式檢測器的情況下,研磨裝置的終點檢測部照射光至半導體晶圓16,測量來自半導體晶圓16的反射光的強度。終點檢測部基於臂轉矩檢測部檢測到的臂轉矩、光學式檢測器724測量出的來自半導體晶圓16的反射光的強度,檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點。光學式檢測器724的輸出經由配線726送至控制部65。In the case of the optical detector, the end point detecting portion of the polishing apparatus irradiates light to the semiconductor wafer 16 and measures the intensity of the reflected light from the semiconductor wafer 16. The end point detecting unit detects the end point of the polishing indicating the end of the polishing based on the arm torque detected by the arm torque detecting unit and the intensity of the reflected light from the semiconductor wafer 16 measured by the optical detector 724. The output of the optical detector 724 is sent to the control unit 65 via the wiring 726.

在光學式檢測器的情況下,在研磨墊10的一部分有開口720。在開口720有作為視窗的觀察口722。經由觀察口722,進行光照射及反射光的檢測。在研磨時,在能夠與半導體晶圓16相對的研磨台30A內的位置組入觀察口722。在觀察口722的下部配置有光學式檢測器724。在光學式檢測器724為光纖檢測器的情況下,有時沒有觀察口722。In the case of an optical detector, there is an opening 720 in a portion of the polishing pad 10. At the opening 720 there is an observation port 722 as a window. Light irradiation and detection of reflected light are performed via the observation port 722. At the time of polishing, the observation port 722 is incorporated at a position within the polishing table 30A that can face the semiconductor wafer 16. An optical detector 724 is disposed at a lower portion of the observation port 722. In the case where the optical detector 724 is a fiber detector, there is sometimes no viewing port 722.

在沒有觀察口722的情況下,有時從光纖檢測器的周圍輸出純水,除去從噴嘴728供給的漿料而檢測終點。光學式檢測器具有供給用於清洗漿料的純水(或高純度氣體,液體與氣體的混合物等流體)至開口420內的流體供給部(未圖示)。When the observation port 722 is not provided, pure water is output from the periphery of the optical fiber detector, and the slurry supplied from the nozzle 728 is removed to detect the end point. The optical detector has a fluid supply unit (not shown) that supplies pure water (or a high-purity gas, a mixture of a liquid and a gas) for cleaning the slurry to the opening 420.

檢測器也可以有複數個。例如,如圖30所示,設於中心部和端部,監控中心部和端部的雙方的檢測訊號。圖30(a)表示光學式檢測器724的配置,圖30(b)是光學式檢測器724的放大圖。終點檢測部28從這些複數個訊號中,因應研磨條件(半導體晶圓16的材質,研磨時間等)的變化,選擇不受研磨條件的影響的(或者,最適合該研磨條件的)檢測訊號來判斷終點而停止研磨。The detector can also have a plurality of detectors. For example, as shown in FIG. 30, the center portion and the end portion are provided to monitor the detection signals of both the center portion and the end portion. Fig. 30(a) shows the arrangement of the optical detector 724, and Fig. 30(b) shows an enlarged view of the optical detector 724. The end point detecting unit 28 selects a detection signal that is not affected by the polishing condition (or is most suitable for the polishing condition) from among the plurality of signals in response to changes in polishing conditions (material of the semiconductor wafer 16, polishing time, etc.). The end point is judged and the grinding is stopped.

關於這一點,進一步進行說明。已述的由擺動軸馬達14進行的轉矩變動檢測(馬達電流變動測定)與光學式檢測的組合當用於檢測層間絕緣膜(ILD)、及由STI(Shallow Trench Isolation:淺溝槽隔離)形成的元件隔離膜的研磨終點時,係有效。在SOPM(Spectrum Optical Endpoint Monitoring:頻譜光學端點監測)等光學式檢測中,檢測殘膜的厚度,進行終點檢測。例如,在LSI的層疊膜的製造製程中,藉由金屬膜的研磨、絕緣膜的研磨,有時需要形成殘膜。需要進行金屬膜的研磨、絕緣膜的研磨,變成能因應是金屬膜的研磨還是絕緣膜的研磨,分開使用轉矩變動檢測和光學式檢測。This will be further explained. The combination of the torque fluctuation detection (motor current fluctuation measurement) and the optical detection by the swing shaft motor 14 described above is used for detecting the interlayer insulating film (ILD) and by STI (Shallow Trench Isolation). It is effective at the end of the polishing of the formed element isolation film. In optical detection such as SOPM (Spectrum Optical Endpoint Monitoring), the thickness of the residual film is detected, and the end point detection is performed. For example, in the manufacturing process of the laminated film of LSI, it is necessary to form a residual film by polishing of a metal film or polishing of an insulating film. It is necessary to polish the metal film and polish the insulating film, and it is possible to use the torque fluctuation detection and the optical detection separately depending on whether the metal film is polished or the insulating film is polished.

另外,在終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況下,在僅轉矩變動檢測與光學式檢測中的一方式的情況下,難以進行準確的終點檢測。因此,由轉矩變動檢測與光學式檢測進行膜厚測定,藉由兩者的檢測結果,判定是否為終點,而在最適當的時點結束研磨。在混合狀態下,在轉矩變動檢測和光學式檢測的任一檢測中,由於測定訊號弱,因此測定精度降低。但是,藉由使用由兩種以上的測定方法得到的訊號來判定,能夠判定最適當的終點位置。例如,在使用藉由兩種以上的測定方法得到的訊號之任一判定而得出為終點的結果時,判定為終點。Further, when the film structure of the end portion is a mixed state of the metal and the insulating film, in the case of only one of the torque fluctuation detection and the optical detection, it is difficult to perform accurate end point detection. Therefore, the film thickness measurement is performed by the torque fluctuation detection and the optical detection, and it is determined whether or not the end point is obtained by the detection results of both, and the polishing is finished at the most appropriate timing. In the mixed state, in any of the detection of the torque fluctuation detection and the optical detection, since the measurement signal is weak, the measurement accuracy is lowered. However, by using a signal obtained by two or more measurement methods, it is possible to determine the most appropriate end position. For example, when the result of the end point is determined by any of the signals obtained by the two or more measurement methods, the end point is determined.

接著,參照圖31,對具有光學式檢測器的其他實施方式進行說明。在本方式中,並用擺動研磨台30A之擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動(研磨台30A的摩擦變動)的檢測、由光學式檢測器進行的半導體晶圓16的研磨面的反射率的檢測、由渦電流式檢測器進行的半導體晶圓16的被研磨物內的渦電流的檢測。結合使用這三種檢測方法。Next, another embodiment having an optical detector will be described with reference to FIG. In the present embodiment, the torque fluctuation of the swing shaft motor 14 of the swing polishing table 30A (the friction fluctuation of the polishing table 30A) is detected, and the reflectance of the polished surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the optical detector is detected. Detection of eddy currents in the object to be polished of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the eddy current type detector. Use these three detection methods in combination.

在圖31的實施方式的情況下,能夠解決以下課題。圖30的實施方式的轉矩變動檢測方式以及光學式檢測方式有難以檢測金屬膜的厚度的變化的課題。圖31的實施方式解決該課題,在圖30的實施方式中進一步結合使用渦電流的檢測。由於檢測金屬膜內的渦電流,因此檢測金屬膜的厚度的變化更容易。In the case of the embodiment of Fig. 31, the following problems can be solved. The torque fluctuation detecting method and the optical detecting method of the embodiment of FIG. 30 have a problem that it is difficult to detect a change in the thickness of the metal film. The embodiment of Fig. 31 solves this problem, and in the embodiment of Fig. 30, the detection of the eddy current is further used in combination. Since the eddy current in the metal film is detected, it is easier to detect the change in the thickness of the metal film.

圖31(a)表示光學式檢測器724、渦電流式檢測器730的配置,圖31(b)為光學式檢測器724的放大圖,圖31(c)為渦電流式檢測器730的放大圖。渦電流式檢測器730配置在研磨台30A內。渦電流式檢測器730在半導體晶圓16產生磁場,檢測所產生的磁場的強度。終點檢測部28基於臂轉矩檢測部26檢測到的臂轉矩、光學式檢測器724測量到來自半導體晶圓16的反射光的強度、渦電流式檢測器730測量到的磁場的強度來檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點。31(a) shows the arrangement of the optical detector 724 and the eddy current type detector 730, FIG. 31(b) is an enlarged view of the optical detector 724, and FIG. 31(c) shows the amplification of the eddy current type detector 730. Figure. The eddy current type detector 730 is disposed in the polishing table 30A. The eddy current detector 730 generates a magnetic field on the semiconductor wafer 16 to detect the intensity of the generated magnetic field. The end point detecting unit 28 detects based on the arm torque detected by the arm torque detecting unit 26, the intensity of the reflected light from the semiconductor wafer 16 measured by the optical detector 724, and the intensity of the magnetic field measured by the eddy current type detector 730. Indicates the end of the grinding end of the grinding.

本方式是為了終點檢測而組合擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動檢測;以及由組入研磨台30A的光學式檢測器724和渦電流式檢測器730進行的半導體晶圓16的物理量的檢測的示例。擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動檢測(馬達電流變動測定)在所研磨的試樣的膜質會變化的部位的終點檢測中較好。光學方式在ILD、STI等絕緣膜的殘膜量的檢測和由其進行的終點檢測中較好。由渦電流式檢測器進行的終點檢測在例如研磨經鍍覆的金屬膜而研磨到作為終點的下層的絕緣膜之時點的終點檢測中較好。This embodiment is a combination of the torque fluctuation detection of the combination of the swing shaft motor 14 for the end point detection, and the detection of the physical quantity of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the optical detector 724 and the eddy current type detector 730 incorporated in the polishing table 30A. . The torque fluctuation detection (measurement of motor current fluctuation) of the swing shaft motor 14 is preferable in the end point detection of the portion where the film quality of the sample to be polished changes. The optical method is preferable in the detection of the residual film amount of the insulating film such as ILD or STI and the end point detection by the optical film. The end point detection by the eddy current type detector is preferably performed in the end point detection at the time of polishing the plated metal film to the lower layer insulating film as the end point.

在具有LSI等多層的半導體的製造製程中,由於會進行由各種材料構成的多層的研磨,因此為了高精度地進行多種膜的研磨和終點檢測,在一實施方式中能夠使用三種終點檢測方法,也能夠使用三種以上。例如,進一步,能夠並用使研磨台30A旋轉的馬達的轉矩變動檢測(馬達電流變動測定(TCM))。In the manufacturing process of a semiconductor having a plurality of layers such as LSI, since polishing of a plurality of layers of various materials is performed, in order to perform polishing and end point detection of a plurality of types of films with high precision, in the embodiment, three kinds of end point detecting methods can be used. It is also possible to use three or more types. For example, the torque fluctuation detection (motor current fluctuation measurement (TCM)) of the motor that rotates the polishing table 30A can be used in combination.

使用這四種終點檢測的組合,能夠進行高功能的控制、精度好的終點檢測。例如,在頂環31A在研磨台30A上移動(擺動)而進行研磨的情況下,藉由TCM檢測由頂環31A的位置的變化導致的研磨台30A的轉矩變動。由此,藉由頂環31A位於研磨台30A的中心部時、頂環31A移至動研磨台30A的一方的端部時、頂環31A移動至研磨台30A的另一方的端部時的轉矩變動,而能夠發現頂環31A對試樣的按壓有所不同的主因。當發現主因,則可為了使對試樣的按壓均勻化而進行頂環31A的表面的按壓的調整等回饋。Using a combination of these four endpoint detections, high-performance control and accurate end point detection are possible. For example, when the top ring 31A is moved (oscillated) on the polishing table 30A to perform polishing, the torque variation of the polishing table 30A caused by the change in the position of the top ring 31A is detected by the TCM. Thus, when the top ring 31A is located at the center of the polishing table 30A, when the top ring 31A is moved to one end of the moving polishing table 30A, and when the top ring 31A is moved to the other end of the polishing table 30A, the rotation of the top ring 31A is changed to the other end of the polishing table 30A. The moment changes, and the main cause of the difference in the pressing of the sample by the top ring 31A can be found. When the main cause is found, feedback such as adjustment of the pressing of the surface of the top ring 31A can be performed in order to uniformize the pressing of the sample.

作為由頂環31A的位置的變化導致的研磨台30A的轉矩變動的主因,被認為是由於頂環31A與研磨台30A的水平度的偏差、試樣面與研磨墊10的表面的水平度的偏差、或研磨墊10的磨損度的差異,因此會有頂環31A位於中心部時和頂環31A位於從中心部偏離的位置時的摩擦力不同等。The main cause of the torque fluctuation of the polishing table 30A caused by the change in the position of the top ring 31A is considered to be the degree of deviation of the horizontal degree of the top ring 31A and the polishing table 30A, and the level of the surface of the sample surface and the polishing pad 10. The deviation or the difference in the degree of wear of the polishing pad 10 is such that the frictional force when the top ring 31A is located at the center portion and when the top ring 31A is located at a position deviated from the center portion is different.

此外,在半導體晶圓16的膜的研磨終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況下,由於僅以一個檢測方式難以進行準確的終點檢測,因此從檢測臂轉矩變動的方式與光學式檢測方法,或者檢測臂轉矩變動的方式與檢測渦電流的方式,或者三種全部的訊號檢測判定終點狀態,在最適當的時點結束研磨。在混合狀態下,在轉矩變動檢測、光學式、對檢測渦電流進行檢測的方式的任一方式中,由於測定訊號弱,因此測定精度降低。但是,藉由使用由三種以上的測定方法得到的訊號來進行判定,能夠判定最適當的終點位置。例如,在使用了由三種以上的測定方法得到的訊號之判定的任一而判定得出為終點的結果時,判定為終點。Further, when the film structure at the polishing end portion of the film of the semiconductor wafer 16 is a mixed state of the metal and the insulating film, since it is difficult to accurately detect the end point by only one detection method, the torque of the detection arm is varied. The optical detection method, or the method of detecting the arm torque fluctuation and the method of detecting the eddy current, or all of the three signal detection determination end point states, ends the polishing at the most appropriate time. In the hybrid state, in any of the methods of detecting the torque fluctuation, the optical type, and detecting the eddy current, since the measurement signal is weak, the measurement accuracy is lowered. However, by using a signal obtained by three or more measurement methods to determine, it is possible to determine the most appropriate end position. For example, when the result of the determination of the end point is determined using any of the signals obtained by the three or more measurement methods, the end point is determined.

列出這些組合,則如以下所示。i.臂轉矩檢測+台轉矩檢測、ii.臂轉矩檢測+光學式檢測、iii.臂轉矩檢測+渦電流檢測、iv.臂轉矩檢測+由微波檢測器進行的光學式檢測、v.臂轉矩檢測+光學式檢測+台轉矩檢測、vi.臂轉矩檢測+光學式檢測+渦電流檢測、vii.臂轉矩檢測+光學式檢測+由微波檢測器進行的光學式檢測、viii.臂轉矩檢測+渦電流檢測+台轉矩檢測、ix.臂轉矩檢測+渦電流檢測+由微波檢測器進行的光學式檢測、x.臂轉矩檢測+台轉矩檢測+由微波檢測器進行的光學式檢測、xi.此外,還包括與臂轉矩檢測組合的任意檢測器的組合。List these combinations as shown below. i. Arm torque detection + torque detection, ii. Arm torque detection + optical detection, iii. Arm torque detection + eddy current detection, iv. Arm torque detection + Optical detection by microwave detector , v. arm torque detection + optical detection + torque detection, vi. arm torque detection + optical detection + eddy current detection, vii. arm torque detection + optical detection + optics by microwave detector Detection, viii. Arm torque detection + eddy current detection + torque detection, ix. arm torque detection + eddy current detection + optical detection by microwave detector, x. arm torque detection + torque Detection + optical detection by a microwave detector, xi. In addition, a combination of any detector combined with arm torque detection is also included.

圖32、33、34表示終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況的示例。在以下示例中,作為金屬,為Cu,Al,W,Co等金屬,絕緣膜為SiO2,SiN,玻璃材料(SOG(Spin-on Glass),BPSG(Boron Phosphorus Silicon Glass)等),Lowk材料,樹脂材料,其他絕緣材料。藉由CVD或塗層製造SiO2,SOG,BPSG等。圖32(a),32(b)是研磨絕緣膜的示例。圖32(a)表示研磨前的狀態,圖32(b)表示研磨後的狀態。膜732為矽。在膜732上形成有膜734,膜734是SiO2(熱氧化膜)、SiN等絕緣膜。在膜734上形成有膜736,膜736是由成膜形成的氧化膜(SiO2)、玻璃材料(SOG,BPSG)等絕緣膜。膜736被研磨到圖32(b)所示的狀態。32, 33, and 34 show an example of a case where the film structure of the end portion is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film. In the following examples, as the metal, metals such as Cu, Al, W, and Co, the insulating film is SiO2, SiN, glass material (SOG (Spin-on Glass), BPSG (Boron Phosphorus Silicon Glass), etc.), Lowk material, Resin material, other insulating materials. SiO2, SOG, BPSG, etc. are produced by CVD or coating. 32(a) and 32(b) are examples of the abrasive insulating film. Fig. 32 (a) shows the state before polishing, and Fig. 32 (b) shows the state after polishing. Film 732 is ruthenium. A film 734 is formed on the film 732, and the film 734 is an insulating film such as SiO2 (thermal oxide film) or SiN. A film 736 which is an insulating film such as an oxide film (SiO2) or a glass material (SOG, BPSG) formed by film formation is formed on the film 734. The film 736 is ground to the state shown in Fig. 32 (b).

藉由光學式檢測測定膜736的膜厚。膜736與膜734的邊界758、膜734與膜732的邊界對光的反射敏感。因此,希望為光學式檢測。另外,膜736與膜734的材質不同時,有時研磨時的摩擦的變化大。此時,宜為光學式檢測+轉矩檢測。The film thickness of the film 736 was measured by optical detection. The boundary 758 of film 736 and film 734, the boundary of film 734 and film 732 are sensitive to light reflection. Therefore, it is desirable to be optically detected. Further, when the material of the film 736 and the film 734 are different, the change in friction during polishing may be large. At this time, it is preferable to optical detection + torque detection.

圖33(a),33(b)是研磨金屬膜的示例。圖33(a)表示研磨前的狀態,圖33(b)表示研磨後的狀態。埋入部737為STI。在膜734上形成有與膜736同樣的膜738。在膜734上形成有閘電極740。在膜734下形成有作為汲極或源極的擴散層744。擴散層744與穿孔、插塞等的縱配線742連接。閘電極740與未圖示的縱配線742連接。縱配線742貫通膜738內。在膜738上形成有金屬膜746。縱配線742和金屬膜746為相同的金屬。金屬膜746被研磨到圖33(b)所示的狀態。此外,在圖33中,形成有閘電極740、擴散層744,但也可以形成其他電路要件。33(a), 33(b) are examples of the abrasive metal film. Fig. 33 (a) shows the state before polishing, and Fig. 33 (b) shows the state after polishing. The buried portion 737 is an STI. A film 738 similar to film 736 is formed on film 734. A gate electrode 740 is formed on the film 734. A diffusion layer 744 as a drain or a source is formed under the film 734. The diffusion layer 744 is connected to the vertical wiring 742 such as a through hole or a plug. The gate electrode 740 is connected to a vertical wiring 742 (not shown). The vertical wiring 742 penetrates through the film 738. A metal film 746 is formed on the film 738. The vertical wiring 742 and the metal film 746 are the same metal. The metal film 746 is ground to the state shown in Fig. 33 (b). Further, in FIG. 33, the gate electrode 740 and the diffusion layer 744 are formed, but other circuit elements may be formed.

金屬膜746為金屬膜,因此利用金屬膜急劇減少時金屬膜746內的渦電流的波形變化大一事,來檢測渦電流。另外,能夠將光學式檢測,其利用從金屬膜的反射量大的狀態減少金屬膜,反射量急劇變化,與渦電流檢測並用。膜738為絕緣膜,因此藉由光學式檢測測定膜厚。Since the metal film 746 is a metal film, the eddy current is detected by changing the waveform of the eddy current in the metal film 746 when the metal film is drastically reduced. Further, optical detection can be achieved by reducing the amount of reflection from the metal film to a large amount, and the amount of reflection changes abruptly, and is used in combination with eddy current detection. Since the film 738 is an insulating film, the film thickness is measured by optical detection.

圖34(a),34(b)是研磨金屬膜的示例。圖34(a)表示研磨前的狀態,圖34(b)表示研磨後的狀態。埋入部737為STI。在膜734上形成有膜738。在膜734上形成有閘電極740。在膜734下形成有作為汲極或源極的擴散層744。擴散層744與穿孔、插塞等的縱配線742連接。閘電極740與未圖示的縱配線742連接。縱配線742貫通膜738內。在穿孔742之上形成有金屬的橫配線750。金屬膜748和橫配線750為相同的金屬。金屬膜748被研磨到圖34(b)所示的狀態。34(a), 34(b) are examples of the abrasive metal film. Fig. 34 (a) shows the state before polishing, and Fig. 34 (b) shows the state after polishing. The buried portion 737 is an STI. A film 738 is formed on the film 734. A gate electrode 740 is formed on the film 734. A diffusion layer 744 as a drain or a source is formed under the film 734. The diffusion layer 744 is connected to the vertical wiring 742 such as a through hole or a plug. The gate electrode 740 is connected to a vertical wiring 742 (not shown). The vertical wiring 742 penetrates through the film 738. A metal cross wire 750 is formed over the perforation 742. The metal film 748 and the lateral wiring 750 are the same metal. The metal film 748 is polished to the state shown in Fig. 34 (b).

金屬膜748為金屬膜,因此使用渦電流式檢測器,檢測渦電流。絕緣膜738為絕緣膜,因此利用光學式檢測,測定膜厚。此外,圖32以下所示的實施方式對圖1~圖31的所有實施方式能夠適用。Since the metal film 748 is a metal film, an eddy current detector is used to detect an eddy current. Since the insulating film 738 is an insulating film, the film thickness is measured by optical detection. In addition, the embodiment shown in FIG. 32 and below is applicable to all the embodiments of FIGS. 1 to 31.

接著,參照圖35,對作為圖16的變形例的實施方式進行說明。在本方式中,擺動臂110由複數個臂構成。在圖35中,例如,由臂752、臂754構成。臂752安裝於擺動軸馬達14,並在臂754安裝有頂環31A。在臂752與臂754的接合部,檢測擺動臂的轉矩變動並進行終點檢測。Next, an embodiment which is a modification of Fig. 16 will be described with reference to Fig. 35. In the present embodiment, the swing arm 110 is composed of a plurality of arms. In FIG. 35, for example, it is constituted by an arm 752 and an arm 754. The arm 752 is attached to the swing shaft motor 14, and a top ring 31A is attached to the arm 754. At the joint portion between the arm 752 and the arm 754, the torque fluctuation of the swing arm is detected and the end point detection is performed.

在圖35的實施方式的情況下,能夠解決以下的課題。在圖16的情況下,在終點檢測中,由於後述的間隙振動等的影響,會有終點檢測精度降低的課題。在圖35的實施方式的情況下,由於能夠減少間隙振動等的影響,因此能夠解決該課題。In the case of the embodiment of Fig. 35, the following problems can be solved. In the case of FIG. 16, in the end point detection, there is a problem that the end point detection accuracy is lowered due to the influence of the gap vibration or the like described later. In the case of the embodiment of FIG. 35, since the influence of the gap vibration or the like can be reduced, this problem can be solved.

在臂752與臂754的接合部756,配置有檢測擺動臂的轉矩變動的轉矩檢測器。轉矩檢測器具有荷重元706、應變計。在接合部756中,臂752和臂754利用金屬件710彼此固定。臂752藉由擺動軸馬達14而能夠擺動。在由前述擺動馬達電流的變動測定轉矩變化時,有時宜使擺動動作暫時停止,來測定轉矩變化。這是由於有時伴隨擺動動作,擺動馬達的馬達電流的雜訊會增加。A torque detector that detects a torque fluctuation of the swing arm is disposed at the joint portion 756 of the arm 752 and the arm 754. The torque detector has a load cell 706 and a strain gauge. In the joint portion 756, the arm 752 and the arm 754 are fixed to each other by the metal member 710. The arm 752 is swingable by the swing shaft motor 14. When the torque change is measured by the fluctuation of the swing motor current, the swing operation may be temporarily stopped to measure the torque change. This is because the noise of the motor current of the swing motor increases with the swing operation.

在本方式的情況下,在因圖32(a)的邊界758那樣的膜質變化的部分的摩擦變動導致研磨轉矩發生變動的情況下,能夠由接合部756的轉矩檢測器進行邊界758的檢測。研磨轉矩的變動的檢測也能夠藉由擺動軸馬達14的電流變動的檢測。與由電流變動進行的轉矩變動檢測相比,由接合部756的轉矩檢測器進行的轉矩變動檢測具有以下優點。In the case of the present embodiment, when the polishing torque fluctuates due to the frictional fluctuation of the portion of the film quality change such as the boundary 758 of FIG. 32(a), the boundary 758 can be performed by the torque detector of the joint portion 756. Detection. The detection of the fluctuation of the grinding torque can also be detected by the fluctuation of the current of the swing shaft motor 14. The torque fluctuation detection by the torque detector of the joint portion 756 has the following advantages as compared with the torque fluctuation detection by the current fluctuation.

由電流變動的檢測進行的轉矩變動檢測會有擺動軸馬達14的旋轉動作(搖動)導致的誤差,例如,擺動軸馬達14導致的擺動臂110的間隙振動等的影響。間隙振動是指,由於在將擺動臂110安裝到擺動軸馬達14的安裝部有些許遊隙,因此在擺動軸馬達14的旋轉動作時,起因於遊隙的振動。在由接合部756的轉矩檢測器進行的轉矩變動檢測中,在接合部756沒有間隙振動,能夠檢測與研磨部的摩擦變化對應的轉矩變動。因此,能夠進行更高精度的終點檢測。為了減少間隙振動,有時需要停止擺動臂110的搖動。但是,在利用接合部756的轉矩檢測器進行的轉矩變動檢測中,即便不停止擺動臂110的擺動,也能夠進行高精度的終點檢測。The torque fluctuation detection by the detection of the current fluctuation causes an error caused by the rotation operation (shake) of the swing shaft motor 14, for example, the influence of the gap vibration of the swing arm 110 by the swing shaft motor 14. The gap vibration means that since the swing arm 110 is attached to the mounting portion of the swing shaft motor 14 with a slight play, the vibration of the play is caused by the swing operation of the swing shaft motor 14. In the torque fluctuation detection by the torque detector of the joint portion 756, there is no gap vibration in the joint portion 756, and it is possible to detect a torque fluctuation corresponding to the friction change of the polishing portion. Therefore, it is possible to perform end point detection with higher precision. In order to reduce the gap vibration, it is sometimes necessary to stop the shaking of the swing arm 110. However, in the torque fluctuation detection by the torque detector of the joint portion 756, high-accuracy end point detection can be performed without stopping the swing of the swing arm 110.

本方式也能夠適用於頂環31A有複數個的情況或者圓盤傳送帶方式。隨著LSI的層疊膜的薄膜化、功能元件的細微化的發展,為了性能穩定化和維持成品率,與以往相比,需要以更高的精度進行研磨終點。作為能夠與這樣的要求對應的技術,本方式有效。This aspect can also be applied to a case where there are a plurality of top rings 31A or a carousel type. With the development of the thin film of the LSI and the miniaturization of the functional elements, it is necessary to perform the polishing end point with higher precision than in the related art in order to stabilize the performance and maintain the yield. This method is effective as a technology that can cope with such a request.

接著,參照圖36,對由控制部65進行基板處理裝置整體的控制進行說明。主控制器即控制部65具有CPU、記憶體、記錄媒體、記錄在記錄媒體的軟體等。控制部65進行基板處理裝置整體的監測、控制,而為此進行訊號的收發、資訊記錄、運算。控制部65主要在與單元控制器760之間進行訊號的收發。單元控制器760也具有:CPU、記憶體、記錄媒體、記錄在記錄媒體中的軟體等。在圖36的情況下,控制部65內置有作為檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點的終點檢測手段和對由研磨單元進行的研磨進行控制的控制手段而發揮作用的程式。此外,單元控制器760也可以內置該程式的一部分或全部。程式能夠更新。此外,程式也可以不能更新。Next, the control of the entire substrate processing apparatus by the control unit 65 will be described with reference to FIG. 36. The main controller, that is, the control unit 65, has a CPU, a memory, a recording medium, a software recorded on a recording medium, and the like. The control unit 65 performs monitoring and control of the entire substrate processing apparatus, and performs signal transmission and reception, information recording, and calculation for this purpose. The control unit 65 mainly performs signal transmission and reception with the unit controller 760. The unit controller 760 also has a CPU, a memory, a recording medium, a software recorded on a recording medium, and the like. In the case of FIG. 36, the control unit 65 incorporates a program that functions as an end point detecting means for detecting a polishing end point indicating the end of polishing and a control means for controlling polishing by the polishing unit. In addition, the unit controller 760 can also incorporate some or all of the program. The program can be updated. In addition, the program can not be updated.

根據參照圖36~圖38說明的實施方式,能夠解決以下課題。作為至今為止的典型的研磨裝置的控制方式的課題,有以下的點。關於終點檢測,在進行標的物的研磨前,進行多次測試,根據所得到的資料求得研磨條件、終點判定條件,形成作為研磨條件的配方。雖然有時使用一部分訊號分析,但對於半導體晶圓構造使用一個檢測器訊號來進行判斷終點檢測的處理。由此對於以下要求不能得到足夠的精度。為了提高製作的元件、晶片的成品率,在元件、晶片的製作中,需要更高精度的終點檢測,並需要將批次間、晶片間的偏差抑制得較小。為了實現上述目的,藉由使用系統其進行適用了圖36以後的實施例的終點檢測,能夠進行更高精度的終點檢測,能夠提高成品率、減少晶片間的研磨量偏差。According to the embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 36 to 38, the following problems can be solved. As a subject of the control method of a typical polishing apparatus hitherto, there are the following points. Regarding the end point detection, a plurality of tests are performed before the polishing of the target object, and the polishing conditions and the end point determination conditions are obtained based on the obtained data to form a formulation as a polishing condition. Although a part of the signal analysis is sometimes used, a detector signal is used for the semiconductor wafer structure to perform the process of determining the end point detection. As a result, sufficient accuracy cannot be obtained for the following requirements. In order to improve the yield of components and wafers to be produced, it is necessary to perform more accurate end point detection in the production of components and wafers, and it is necessary to suppress variations between batches and wafers. In order to achieve the above object, by using the system to perform the end point detection in the embodiment of FIG. 36 and subsequent steps, it is possible to perform more accurate end point detection, which can improve the yield and reduce the variation in the amount of polishing between wafers.

尤其是,能夠實現高速的資料處理、多種類且大量的檢測器的訊號處理、對這些訊號進行標準化的資料、從資料利用人工智慧(Artificial Intelligence;AI)的學習以及用於終點檢測的判定的資料組的作成、由所作成的資料組進行的判定例的儲存而學習、學習效果的精度提高、藉由經學習的判定功能所判斷而更新的研磨參數、實現向控制系統高速反映該研磨參數的高速通訊處理系統等。這些能夠適用於圖35以前所示的所有實施例。In particular, it enables high-speed data processing, signal processing for a wide variety of detectors, data for standardizing these signals, learning from artificial intelligence (AI), and judgment for endpoint detection. The creation of the data group, the learning of the determination example by the created data group, the improvement of the learning effect, the polishing parameter updated by the learning determination function, and the high-speed reflection of the polishing parameter to the control system High-speed communication processing system, etc. These can be applied to all of the embodiments shown previously in FIG.

單元控制器760進行搭載於基板處理裝置的單元762(一個或者複數個)的控制。在本實施方式中,在按各個單元762設置單元控制器760。作為單元762,有卸載部62,研磨部63,清洗部64等。單元控制器760進行單元762的動作控制,與監測用檢測器的訊號收發,控制訊號的收發,高速的訊號處理等。單元控制器760由FPGA(field-programmable gate array)、ASIC(application specific integrated circuit:特定用途積體電路)等構成。The unit controller 760 controls the unit 762 (one or a plurality of) mounted on the substrate processing apparatus. In the present embodiment, the unit controller 760 is provided for each unit 762. The unit 762 includes an unloading unit 62, a polishing unit 63, a cleaning unit 64, and the like. The unit controller 760 performs operation control of the unit 762, signal transmission and reception with the monitoring detector, control signal transmission and reception, high-speed signal processing, and the like. The unit controller 760 is configured by an FPGA (field-programmable gate array), an ASIC (application specific integrated circuit), or the like.

單元762由來自單元控制器760的訊號進行動作。另外,單元762從檢測器接收檢測器訊號,並發送至單元控制器760。檢測器訊號有時從單元控制器760進一步送至控制部65。檢測器訊號藉由控制部65或單元控制器760進行處理(包括運算處理),用於下一步動作的訊號從單元控制器760被送來。由此單元762進行動作。例如,單元控制器760藉由擺動軸馬達14的電流變化檢測擺動臂110的轉矩變動。單元控制器760將檢測結果送至控制部65。控制部65進行終點檢測。Unit 762 is actuated by a signal from unit controller 760. Additionally, unit 762 receives the detector signal from the detector and sends it to unit controller 760. The detector signal is sometimes further sent from the unit controller 760 to the control unit 65. The detector signal is processed by the control unit 65 or the unit controller 760 (including arithmetic processing), and the signal for the next operation is sent from the unit controller 760. This unit 762 operates. For example, the unit controller 760 detects a torque variation of the swing arm 110 by a change in current of the swing shaft motor 14. The unit controller 760 sends the detection result to the control unit 65. The control unit 65 performs end point detection.

作為軟體,例如有以下。軟體藉由記錄在控制設備(控制部65或單元控制器760)內的資料,求得研磨墊10的種類、漿料供給量。接著,軟體指定能夠在研磨墊10的維護時期或到維護時期為止使用的研磨墊10,計算漿料供給量,並將它們輸出。軟體也可以是在基板處理裝置764發貨後,能夠安裝到基板處理裝置764的軟體。As the software, for example, the following is true. The software determines the type of the polishing pad 10 and the amount of slurry supply by the data recorded in the control device (control unit 65 or unit controller 760). Next, the software designates the polishing pad 10 that can be used in the maintenance period of the polishing pad 10 or the maintenance period, calculates the amount of slurry supply, and outputs them. The soft body may be a soft body that can be attached to the substrate processing apparatus 764 after being shipped from the substrate processing apparatus 764.

控制部65,單元控制器760,單元762間的通訊可以是有線,也可以是無線。在與基板處理裝置764的外部間能夠使用經由網際網路的通訊或其他通訊手段(藉由專用回線的高速通訊)。關於資料的通訊,可以是藉由雲協作而利用雲、藉由智慧手機協作而在基板處理裝置中進行經由智慧手機的資料的交換等。由此,能夠與基板處理裝置的外部進行基板處理裝置的運行狀況、基板處理的設定資訊的交換。作為通訊設備,也可以在檢測器間形成通訊網路,並利用該通訊網路。The communication between the control unit 65, the unit controller 760, and the unit 762 may be wired or wireless. Communication via the Internet or other communication means (high-speed communication by a dedicated return line) can be used between the outside of the substrate processing apparatus 764. The communication of the data may be the use of cloud by cloud collaboration, the exchange of data via the smartphone in the substrate processing apparatus by smart phone cooperation, and the like. Thereby, the operation state of the substrate processing apparatus and the setting information of the substrate processing can be exchanged with the outside of the substrate processing apparatus. As a communication device, a communication network can also be formed between the detectors and utilized.

使用上述控制功能、通訊功能,能夠進行基板處理裝置的自動化運行。為了進行自動化運行,能夠進行基板處理裝置的控制模式的標準化、利用於研磨終點的判斷的閾值。The above-described control function and communication function enable automatic operation of the substrate processing apparatus. In order to perform an automatic operation, it is possible to standardize the control mode of the substrate processing apparatus and the threshold value for the determination of the polishing end point.

能夠進行基板處理裝置的異常/壽命預測/判斷/顯示。另外,能夠進行用於性能穩定化的控制。The abnormality/life prediction/judgment/display of the substrate processing apparatus can be performed. In addition, control for performance stabilization can be performed.

能夠自動地提取基板處理裝置的運行時的各種資料、研磨資料(膜厚、研磨的終點)的特徵量而自動學習運轉狀態、研磨狀態,進行控制模式的自動標準化,進行異常/壽命預測/判斷/顯示。Automatically extract the various types of data during the operation of the substrate processing apparatus, the amount of polishing data (film thickness, end point of polishing), and automatically learn the operating state and the polishing state, and automatically standardize the control mode to perform abnormality/life prediction/judgment. /display.

能夠在通訊方式,設備介面等中,進行例如格式等標準化,並使用裝置、設備彼此的資訊通訊而能夠進行裝置、設備的管理。It is possible to standardize, for example, a format in a communication method, a device interface, etc., and to manage devices and devices using information communication between devices and devices.

接著,對在基板處理裝置764中,以檢測器從半導體晶圓16取得資訊,經由網際網路等通訊手段,在設置有基板處理裝置的工廠內/工廠外所設置的資料處理裝置(雲等)儲存資料,分析儲存於雲等的資料,因應分析結果控制基板處理裝置的實施方式進行說明。圖37表示該實施方式的結構。Next, in the substrate processing apparatus 764, information is acquired from the semiconductor wafer 16 by the detector, and a data processing device (cloud or the like) installed in the factory/factory in which the substrate processing apparatus is installed is provided via a communication means such as the Internet. The method of storing data, analyzing data stored in the cloud, and the like, and controlling the implementation of the substrate processing apparatus according to the analysis result will be described. Fig. 37 shows the structure of this embodiment.

1.作為以檢測器從半導體晶圓16取得的資訊,可以是以下。與擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動相關的測定訊號或測定資料、SOPM(光學式檢測器)的測定訊號或測定資料、渦電流式檢測器的測定訊號或測定資料、將上述一個或複數個組合的測定訊號或測定資料;2.作為網際網路等通訊手段的功能以及結構,可以是以下。將包括上述測定訊號或測定資料的訊號或資料傳送到與網路766連接的資料處理裝置768。網路766可以是網際網路或高速通訊等通訊手段。例如,可以是以基板處理裝置、閘道、網際網路、雲、網際網路、資料處理裝置之順序連接的網路766。作為高速通訊,有高速光通訊,高速無線通訊等。另外,作為高速無線通訊,考慮Wi-Fi(注冊商標),Bluetooth(注冊商標),Wi-Max(注冊商標),3G,LTE等。也能夠適用除此以外的高速無線通訊。此外,能夠將雲作為資料處理裝置。在資料處理裝置768設置於工廠內的情況下,能夠處理來自工廠內的一台或者多台基板處理裝置的訊號。在資料處理裝置768設置於工廠外的情況下,能夠將來自工廠內的一台或者多台基板處理裝置的訊號傳遞至工廠外部,並進行處理。此時,能夠與設於國內或外國的資料處理裝置連接。3. 關於資料處理裝置768分析儲存於雲等的資料,因應分析結果控制基板處理裝置764的方式,能夠如下所示。在測定訊號或測定資料被處理之後,能夠作為控制訊號或控制資料傳遞至基板處理裝置764。接收了資料的基板處理裝置764基於該資料,更新與研磨處理相關的研磨參數並進行研磨動作,另外,來自資料處理裝置768的資料是表示檢測到終點的訊號/資料的情況下,判斷為檢測到終點,並結束研磨。作為研磨參數有(1)對於半導體晶圓16的四個區域,即,中央部,內側中間部,外側中間部,以及周緣部的按壓力,(2)研磨時間,(3)研磨台30A、頂環31A的轉速,(4)用於研磨終點的判定的閾值等。1. The information obtained from the semiconductor wafer 16 by the detector may be as follows. Measurement signal or measurement data related to torque fluctuation of the swing shaft motor 14, measurement signal or measurement data of SOPM (optical detector), measurement signal or measurement data of the eddy current detector, and combination of one or more of the above The measurement signal or measurement data; 2. The function and structure of the communication means such as the Internet can be as follows. The signal or data including the above measurement signal or measurement data is transmitted to the data processing device 768 connected to the network 766. Network 766 can be a communication means such as the Internet or high speed communication. For example, the network 766 may be connected in the order of a substrate processing device, a gateway, an internet, a cloud, an internet, and a data processing device. As high-speed communication, there are high-speed optical communication, high-speed wireless communication, and the like. In addition, as high-speed wireless communication, Wi-Fi (registered trademark), Bluetooth (registered trademark), Wi-Max (registered trademark), 3G, LTE, etc. are considered. High-speed wireless communication other than this can also be applied. In addition, the cloud can be used as a data processing device. When the data processing device 768 is installed in the factory, it is possible to process signals from one or more substrate processing devices in the factory. When the data processing device 768 is installed outside the factory, signals from one or a plurality of substrate processing apparatuses in the factory can be transmitted to the outside of the factory and processed. In this case, it can be connected to a data processing device installed in China or abroad. 3. The data processing device 768 analyzes the data stored in the cloud or the like, and controls the substrate processing device 764 in accordance with the analysis result, and can be as follows. After the measurement signal or the measurement data is processed, it can be transmitted to the substrate processing device 764 as a control signal or control data. The substrate processing apparatus 764 that has received the data updates the polishing parameter related to the polishing process based on the data, and performs a polishing operation. When the data from the data processing device 768 is a signal/data indicating the detection of the end point, it is determined to be detected. Go to the end and finish grinding. The polishing parameters include (1) the pressing force for the four regions of the semiconductor wafer 16, that is, the central portion, the inner intermediate portion, the outer intermediate portion, and the peripheral portion, (2) the polishing time, and (3) the polishing table 30A, The rotation speed of the top ring 31A, (4) the threshold value for determining the polishing end point, and the like.

接著,參照圖38說明其他實施方式。圖38是表示圖37的實施方式的變形例的圖。本實施方式中係為以基板處理裝置,中間處理裝置,網路766,資料處理裝置的順序連接之構成。中間處理裝置例如由FPGA、ASIC構成,具有濾除功能,運算功能,資料加工功能,資料組作成功能等。Next, another embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 38. Fig. 38 is a view showing a modification of the embodiment of Fig. 37; In the present embodiment, the substrate processing apparatus, the intermediate processing apparatus, the network 766, and the data processing apparatus are sequentially connected. The intermediate processing device is composed of, for example, an FPGA or an ASIC, and has a filtering function, an arithmetic function, a data processing function, a data group creation function, and the like.

由如何使用網際網路和高速光通訊,分為以下的三種情況,有(1)在基板處理裝置與中間處理裝置之間為網際網路,網路766為網際網路的情況,(2)基板處理裝置與中間處理裝置之間為高速光通訊,網路766為高速光通訊的情況,(3)基板處理裝置與中間處理裝置之間為高速光通訊,從中間處理裝置到外側為網際網路的情況。How to use the Internet and high-speed optical communication, the following three cases, (1) between the substrate processing device and the intermediate processing device is the Internet, the network 766 is the Internet, (2) High-speed optical communication between the substrate processing device and the intermediate processing device, network 766 for high-speed optical communication, and (3) high-speed optical communication between the substrate processing device and the intermediate processing device, from the intermediate processing device to the outside of the Internet The situation of the road.

(1)的情況:係整體系統中的資料通訊速度與資料處理速度可為網際網路通訊速度的情況。資料採樣速度1~1000mS左右,能夠進行複數個研磨條件參數的資料通訊。在該情況下,中間處理裝置770進行送至資料處理裝置768的資料組的作成。資料組的細節於後述。接收到資料組的資料處理裝置768進行資料處理,例如,計算到終點位置為止的研磨條件參數的變更值、作成研磨製程的工序計畫、藉由網路766返回中間處理裝置770。中間處理裝置770將研磨條件參數的變更值、所需的控制訊號送至基板處理裝置764。(1) Case: The data communication speed and data processing speed in the overall system can be the speed of the Internet communication. The data sampling speed is about 1~1000mS, and it is possible to carry out data communication of a plurality of polishing condition parameters. In this case, the intermediate processing device 770 performs the creation of the data set sent to the data processing device 768. The details of the data set are described later. The data processing device 768 that has received the data group performs data processing, for example, calculates a change value of the polishing condition parameter up to the end position, a process plan for creating the polishing process, and returns to the intermediate processing device 770 via the network 766. The intermediate processing device 770 sends the changed value of the polishing condition parameter and the required control signal to the substrate processing device 764.

(2)的情況:基板處理裝置-中間處理裝置之間,中間處理裝置-資料處理裝置之間的檢測器訊號、狀態管理設備之間的通訊為高速通訊。在高速通訊中,能夠以通訊速度1~1000Gbps進行通訊。在高速通訊中,能夠進行資料、資料組、指令、控制訊號等的通訊。在該情況下,透過中間處理裝置770作成資料組,並將其發送至資料處理裝置768。中間處理裝置770提取在資料處理裝置768中的處理中所需的資料並進行加工而作成為資料組。例如,提取終點檢測用的複數個檢測器訊號而作成為資料組。(2) Case: The communication between the substrate processing device-intermediate processing device, the detector signal between the intermediate processing device and the data processing device, and the state management device is high-speed communication. In high-speed communication, communication can be performed at a communication speed of 1 to 1000 Gbps. In high-speed communication, communication of data, data sets, commands, control signals, etc. is possible. In this case, a data set is created by the intermediate processing device 770 and sent to the data processing device 768. The intermediate processing device 770 extracts the data necessary for the processing in the material processing device 768 and processes it into a data group. For example, a plurality of detector signals for endpoint detection are extracted and used as a data set.

中間處理裝置770透過高速通訊將所作成的資料組送至資料處理裝置768。資料處理裝置768基於資料組,進行到研磨終點為止的參數變更值的計算、工序計畫作成。資料處理裝置768接收來自複數個基板處理裝置764的資料組,進行對於各個裝置的下一個步驟的參數更新值的計算和工序計畫作成,並將經更新的資料組送至中間處理裝置770。中間處理裝置770基於經更新的資料組,將經更新的資料組轉換為控制訊號,並透過高速通訊送至基板處理裝置764的控制部65。基板處理裝置764因應經更新的控制訊號實施研磨,而進行精度好的終點檢測。The intermediate processing device 770 sends the created data set to the data processing device 768 via high speed communication. The data processing device 768 performs calculation of a parameter change value up to the polishing end point and a process plan creation based on the data group. The data processing device 768 receives the data sets from the plurality of substrate processing devices 764, performs calculation of the parameter update values and process plan creation for the next step of the respective devices, and sends the updated data sets to the intermediate processing device 770. The intermediate processing device 770 converts the updated data set into a control signal based on the updated data set, and sends it to the control unit 65 of the substrate processing apparatus 764 through high speed communication. The substrate processing apparatus 764 performs polishing with respect to the updated control signal to perform accurate end point detection.

(3)的情況:中間處理裝置770藉由高速通訊接收基板處理裝置764的複數個檢測器訊號。在高速光通訊中,能為通訊速度1~1000Gbps的通訊。在該情況下,在基板處理裝置764,檢測器,控制部65、中間處理裝置770之間能夠進行由高速通訊進行的線上的研磨條件的控制。資料的處理順序例如為:檢測器訊號接收(從基板處理裝置764到中間處理裝置770),資料組作成,資料處理,參數更新值計算,更新參數訊號的發送,由控制部65進行的研磨控制,經更新的終點檢測之順序。(3) Case: The intermediate processing device 770 receives a plurality of detector signals of the substrate processing device 764 by high speed communication. In high-speed optical communication, it can communicate at a communication speed of 1 to 1000 Gbps. In this case, control of the polishing conditions on the line by the high-speed communication can be performed between the substrate processing apparatus 764, the detector, the control unit 65, and the intermediate processing apparatus 770. The processing sequence of the data is, for example, detector signal reception (from the substrate processing device 764 to the intermediate processing device 770), data group creation, data processing, parameter update value calculation, update parameter signal transmission, and polishing control by the control unit 65. , the sequence of updated endpoint detections.

此時,中間處理裝置770以高速通訊的中間處理裝置770進行高速的終點檢測控制。從中間處理裝置770將狀態訊號定期送至資料處理裝置768,以資料處理裝置768進行控制狀態的監測處理。資料處理裝置768接收來自複數個基板處理裝置764的狀態訊號,並對各基板處理裝置764進行接下來的製程工序的計畫作成。將基於計畫的製程工序的計畫訊號送至各個基板處理裝置764,在各個基板處理裝置764中,彼此獨立地進行研磨製程的準備、研磨製程的實施。這樣,以高速通訊的中間處理裝置770進行高速的終點檢測控制,透過資料處理裝置768進行複數個基板處理裝置764的狀態管理。At this time, the intermediate processing device 770 performs high-speed end point detection control by the intermediate processing device 770 that performs high-speed communication. The status signal is periodically sent from the intermediate processing device 770 to the data processing device 768, and the data processing device 768 performs monitoring processing of the control state. The data processing device 768 receives the status signals from the plurality of substrate processing devices 764, and performs a plan for the subsequent processing steps for each of the substrate processing devices 764. The plan signal of the process-based process is sent to each of the substrate processing apparatuses 764, and the preparation of the polishing process and the polishing process are performed independently of each of the substrate processing apparatuses 764. In this way, the high-speed end point detection control is performed by the intermediate processing device 770 for high-speed communication, and the state management of the plurality of substrate processing devices 764 is performed by the data processing device 768.

接著,就資料組的示例進行說明。能夠將檢測器訊號和所需的控制參數作為資料組。資料組能夠包括:頂環31A往半導體晶圓16的按壓、擺動軸馬達14的電流、研磨台30A的馬達電流、光學式檢測器的測定訊號、渦電流式檢測器的測定訊號、研磨墊10上方的頂環31A的位置、漿料與藥液的流量/種類、上述資料的相關計算資料等。Next, an example of the data set will be described. The detector signal and the required control parameters can be used as a data set. The data set can include: pressing of the top ring 31A to the semiconductor wafer 16, current of the swing axis motor 14, motor current of the polishing table 30A, measurement signal of the optical detector, measurement signal of the eddy current detector, and polishing pad 10 The position of the top ring 31A above, the flow rate/type of the slurry and the chemical liquid, and the calculation data of the above data.

上述種類的資料組能夠使用並行發送一維資料的發送系統、時序性地發送一維資料的發送系統來進行發送。作為資料組,能夠將上述一維資料加工為二維資料而作為資料組。例如,當將X軸作為時間,Y軸作為大量的資料列時,將同時刻的複數個參數資料加工處理為一個資料組。二維資料能夠作為二維的圖像資料那樣的資料來進行處理。該優點為,為了二維資料的傳送,能夠以比一維資料的傳送少的配線,而能夠作為與時間關聯的資料而收發且處理。具體而言,在將一維資料原封不動地作成一個訊號一根線時,需要大量配線,但在二維資料的傳送的情況下,能夠藉由一根線來送複數個訊號。另外,當使用多根線時,與接收被發送出的資料的資料處理裝置768之間的介面變得複雜,資料處理裝置768中的資料重組會變得複雜。The above-described data group can be transmitted using a transmission system that transmits one-dimensional data in parallel and a transmission system that sequentially transmits one-dimensional data. As a data group, the above-mentioned one-dimensional data can be processed into two-dimensional data as a data group. For example, when the X axis is used as the time and the Y axis is used as a large number of data columns, the plurality of parameter data simultaneously processed is processed into one data group. Two-dimensional data can be processed as data such as two-dimensional image data. This has the advantage that it can be transmitted and received as a time-dependent data for the transmission of two-dimensional data with less wiring than one-dimensional data. Specifically, when one-dimensional data is originally created as one signal line, a large amount of wiring is required, but in the case of two-dimensional data transmission, a plurality of signals can be transmitted by one line. In addition, when a plurality of lines are used, the interface with the data processing device 768 that receives the transmitted material becomes complicated, and the data reorganization in the data processing device 768 becomes complicated.

另外,當存在這樣的與時間關聯的二維資料組時,由以前進行的標準研磨條件來進行的研磨時的資料組與現時點進行的標準研磨條件的資料組的比較變得容易。另外,能夠藉由差處理等容易地得知二維資料彼此的不同點。提取存在差的部位,檢測正引起異常的檢測器、參數訊號也變得容易。另外,進行以前的標準研磨條件與現時點的研磨中的資料組的比較,由與周圍的差不同的部位的參數訊號的提取來進行異常檢測也變得容易。Further, when such a time-dependent two-dimensional data set exists, it is easy to compare the data set at the time of polishing by the conventional standard polishing conditions with the data set of the standard polishing conditions by the current point. Further, it is possible to easily know the difference between the two-dimensional data by the difference processing or the like. It is also easy to extract a portion where the difference is present and to detect a detector that is causing an abnormality and a parameter signal. Further, it is also easy to perform abnormality detection by extracting the parameter signal of the portion different from the surrounding difference by comparing the previous standard polishing conditions with the data group in the polishing at the current point.

圖39是表示檢測器的其他概略構成例(第19方式~第22的方式記載的實施方式例)的圖,同圖(a)為俯視圖,同圖(b)為側剖面圖。如圖所示,配設供液孔1042和排液孔1046(在研磨台30A的移動方向上按照排液孔1046,供液孔1042的順序配設),並且將貫通孔1041的截面成為大致長圓狀,讓貫通孔1041的下端面外周包圍供液孔1042和排液孔1046的上端面,使得供液孔1042的中心與排液孔1046的中心連結起來的線段的中點與貫通孔1041的中心點相比更在研磨台30A的移動方向(箭頭D方向)上的前方。由此,從供液孔1042向貫通孔1041內供給的透明液Q的流動成為相對於半導體晶圓16的被研磨面16a垂直地行進的流。另外,藉由將貫通孔1041的截面成為大致長圓狀,能夠將貫通孔1041的面積最小化,減少對研磨特性的影響。39 is a view showing another schematic configuration example (an embodiment of the nineteenth to twenty-secondth embodiments) of the detector, and FIG. 39(a) is a plan view, and FIG. As shown in the figure, the liquid supply hole 1042 and the liquid discharge hole 1046 are disposed (in the order of the liquid discharge hole 1046 and the liquid supply hole 1042 in the moving direction of the polishing table 30A), and the cross section of the through hole 1041 is substantially The elliptical shape is such that the outer peripheral end of the lower end surface of the through hole 1041 surrounds the upper end surface of the liquid supply hole 1042 and the liquid discharge hole 1046 such that the center of the liquid supply hole 1042 and the center of the liquid discharge hole 1046 are connected to the center point and the through hole 1041 The center point is forward in the moving direction (arrow D direction) of the polishing table 30A. Thereby, the flow of the transparent liquid Q supplied from the liquid supply hole 1042 into the through hole 1041 is a flow that travels perpendicularly to the polished surface 16a of the semiconductor wafer 16. Further, by making the cross section of the through hole 1041 substantially elliptical, the area of the through hole 1041 can be minimized, and the influence on the polishing property can be reduced.

此外,照射光用光纖1043和反射光用光纖1044配置在該供液孔1042內,使得其中心線與供液孔1042的中心線平行。此外,也可以是一根照射、反射光用光纖,替換照射光用光纖1043和反射光用光纖1044。Further, the irradiation light fiber 1043 and the reflected light fiber 1044 are disposed in the liquid supply hole 1042 such that the center line thereof is parallel to the center line of the liquid supply hole 1042. Further, it is also possible to replace the illumination optical fiber 1043 and the reflected optical fiber 1044 with one optical fiber for irradiation and reflection.

接著,參照附圖對第23、24的方式的實施方式例進行說明。圖40是表示本發明的實施方式例的概略結構的圖。在圖40中,水噴出用噴嘴1005噴出圓柱狀的水流並抵接於在表面形成有薄膜1002的半導體晶圓16的處理面1002a。在該水噴出用噴嘴1005內插入配置有照射用光纖1007、收光用光纖1008的前端部。Next, an embodiment of the twenty-fourth and twenty-fourth aspects will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 40 is a view showing a schematic configuration of an embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 40, the water discharge nozzle 1005 ejects a cylindrical water flow and abuts against the processing surface 1002a of the semiconductor wafer 16 on which the thin film 1002 is formed. The front end portion of the irradiation optical fiber 1007 and the light-receiving optical fiber 1008 is inserted into the water discharge nozzle 1005.

在上述結構中,將加壓水流1006供給至水噴出用噴嘴1005並從其前端使細圓柱狀的水流1004抵接於半導體晶圓16的處理面1002a的指定的位置,形成測定點1003。在該狀態下,從測定運算部1009通過照射用光纖1007,輸送光至水流1004內,使該光通過該水流1004照射至半導體晶圓16的測定點1003內的研磨面。此時的水流1004中的光軸與該研磨面在裝置結構上宜大致垂直。但是,也可以根據情況,只要收光用光纖1008能夠接收來自照射用光纖的光的從該研磨面的反射光的位置關係,也可以是在水流1004中將光軸相對傾斜於該研磨面。In the above configuration, the pressurized water flow 1006 is supplied to the water discharge nozzle 1005, and the fine cylindrical water flow 1004 is brought into contact with a predetermined position of the processing surface 1002a of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the tip end thereof to form the measurement point 1003. In this state, light is transmitted from the measurement optical unit 1009 to the water flow 1004 from the measurement calculation unit 1009, and the light is irradiated to the polishing surface in the measurement point 1003 of the semiconductor wafer 16 through the water flow 1004. The optical axis in the water stream 1004 at this time should preferably be substantially perpendicular to the abrasive surface in the device configuration. However, depending on the situation, the optical fiber 1008 may receive the positional relationship of the reflected light from the polishing surface of the light from the illumination fiber, and the optical axis 1004 may be inclined with respect to the polishing surface.

經處理面(研磨面)1002a反射的反射光通過水流1004以及收光用光纖1008被引導向測定運算部1009。在該測定運算部1009中,從反射光測定薄膜1002的膜厚。此時,對水噴出用噴嘴1005的內表面進行鏡面加工,照射/反射光能有效地導向照射用光纖1007、收光用光纖1008。The reflected light reflected by the treated surface (polishing surface) 1002a is guided to the measurement computing unit 1009 by the water flow 1004 and the light-receiving optical fiber 1008. In the measurement calculation unit 1009, the film thickness of the film 1002 is measured from the reflected light. At this time, the inner surface of the water discharge nozzle 1005 is mirror-finished, and the irradiated/reflected light can be efficiently guided to the illumination optical fiber 1007 and the light-receiving optical fiber 1008.

另外,有實,在薄膜1002與水流1004接觸的部分會有存留水滴,而會使測定點1003混亂。在此,如圖41所示,也可以設置從水噴出用噴嘴1005延伸至薄膜1002的測定點1003螺旋狀地捲繞的排水用部件1138,來除去水滴。另外,在使水流1004相對於半導體晶圓傾斜的情況下,以及將水流1004供給向上方向、下方向的機構中,也可以適當組合除去水滴的機構。此外,如圖41所示,作為排水用部件,可以考慮以具有彈簧那樣的形狀的構造,來利用水的表面張力的結構,或者未圖示的由吸引噴嘴來形成,設置來包圍水噴出用噴嘴1005的結構。Further, it is true that there is a residual water droplet in the portion where the film 1002 is in contact with the water flow 1004, and the measurement point 1003 is disturbed. Here, as shown in FIG. 41, a drain member 1138 which is spirally wound from the water discharge nozzle 1005 to the measurement point 1003 of the film 1002 may be provided to remove water droplets. Further, when the water flow 1004 is inclined with respect to the semiconductor wafer, and the mechanism for supplying the water flow 1004 to the upward direction and the downward direction, the mechanism for removing the water droplets may be appropriately combined. In addition, as a member for the drainage, it is possible to use a structure having a shape such as a spring, a structure in which the surface tension of water is used, or a suction nozzle (not shown), and to surround the water discharge. The structure of the nozzle 1005.

圖42以及43表示在藉由半導體晶圓16和研磨墊10的相對運動對半導體晶圓16的研磨面進行研磨的研磨裝置中,即時地檢測研磨中的膜厚的情況的構成例的圖。圖42是局部截面側視圖,圖43是圖42延箭頭Y-Y的視圖。42 and 43 are diagrams showing a configuration example of a case where the film thickness during polishing is instantaneously detected in a polishing apparatus that polishes the polished surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the relative movement of the semiconductor wafer 16 and the polishing pad 10. Figure 42 is a partial cross-sectional side view, and Figure 43 is a view of Figure 42 extending arrows Y-Y.

水噴出用噴嘴1005與圖40以及圖41同樣,在該水噴出用噴嘴1005連接有加壓水流管1136,從水噴出用噴嘴1005噴出的水流1004的水被盛水盤1135承接,並以排水管1137排出。該盛水盤1135的上端向研磨墊10的上表面開口,從水噴出用噴嘴1005噴出的水流1004在半導體晶圓16的研磨面與圖40以及圖41同樣地形成測定點1003。此外,在圖中,為了容易理解水噴出用噴嘴1005而將其畫得比較大,但實際上為了構築微小的點,因此水噴出用噴嘴1005的直徑小(0.4mm~0.7mm)。In the water discharge nozzle 1005, the water discharge nozzle 1005 is connected to the pressurized water flow pipe 1136, and the water of the water flow 1004 discharged from the water discharge nozzle 1005 is received by the water tray 1135, and the drain pipe is used as a drain pipe. 1137 is discharged. The upper end of the water tray 1135 is opened to the upper surface of the polishing pad 10, and the water flow 1004 discharged from the water discharge nozzle 1005 forms a measurement point 1003 on the polishing surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 in the same manner as in FIGS. 40 and 41. In the figure, the water discharge nozzle 1005 is relatively large in order to facilitate understanding of the water discharge nozzle 1005. However, in order to construct a minute point, the diameter of the water discharge nozzle 1005 is small (0.4 mm to 0.7 mm).

在水噴出用噴嘴1005內與圖40以及圖41的情況同樣,插入有照射用光纖1007、收光用光纖1008的前端部,從測定運算部1009通過照射用光纖1007引導至水噴出用噴嘴1005內,並通過從該水噴出用噴嘴1005噴出的水流1004照光至與該水流1004抵接的研磨面的測定點1003內。然後被該研磨面反射的反射光藉由水流1004以及收光用光纖1008被引導至測定運算部1009。In the water discharge nozzle 1005, the distal end portion of the illumination optical fiber 1007 and the light-receiving optical fiber 1008 is inserted into the water discharge nozzle 1005, and is guided from the measurement calculation unit 1009 to the water discharge nozzle 1005 through the irradiation optical fiber 1007. The water flow 1004 discharged from the water discharge nozzle 1005 is irradiated to the measurement point 1003 of the polishing surface that is in contact with the water flow 1004. The reflected light reflected by the polishing surface is guided to the measurement calculation unit 1009 by the water flow 1004 and the light-receiving optical fiber 1008.

在第25方式中,被研磨物處理裝置其特徵在於具有將實施了遮光處理的複數個處理單元上下配置地收納於內部的複數個處理區域,及將搬運機收納於內部,並且設置在處理區域之間的搬運區域,在處理區域與搬運區域之間以遮光壁,對搬運區域的前表面以維護用門遮光,處理單元在遮光壁以遮光狀態連結。According to a twenty-fifth aspect, the workpiece processing apparatus includes a plurality of processing regions in which a plurality of processing units that have been subjected to light shielding processing are housed in a vertical arrangement, and a carrier is housed inside and disposed in the processing region. The conveyance area between the processing area and the conveyance area is a light-shielding wall, the front surface of the conveyance area is shielded by the maintenance door, and the processing unit is connected to the light-shielding wall in a light-shielding state.

這樣,對處理單元實施遮光處理,並且在內部配置有處理單元的處理區域與搬運區域之間以遮光壁,對搬運區域的前表面以維護用門分別遮光,即便在打開了處理單元的維護用門的狀態下,也防止來自外部的光往搬運區域內進入,並且即便在對上下配置的處理單元的,例如上層的處理單元進行維護的情況下,能夠由下層的處理單元進行在遮光狀態下的被研磨物的處理。由此,在一部分的處理單元的維護中,能夠藉由除了該處理單元以外的其他處理單元進行被研磨物處理,不用停止裝置。In this way, the processing unit is subjected to a light-shielding process, and a light-shielding wall is disposed between the processing region and the transporting region where the processing unit is disposed, and the front surface of the transporting region is shielded from the maintenance door, even when the processing unit is opened for maintenance. In the state of the door, it is also prevented that light from the outside enters into the conveyance area, and even when the processing unit of the upper and lower processing units is maintained, for example, the upper processing unit can be operated by the lower processing unit in the light blocking state. The treatment of the object to be ground. Thereby, in the maintenance of a part of the processing unit, the object to be polished can be processed by a processing unit other than the processing unit, and the device is not stopped.

第26的方式為,在方式18記載的裝置中,其特徵在於設置有具有開閉自如的閘門的被研磨物插入口,在遮光壁設置有圍繞被研磨物插入口的周圍的遮光膜,在遮光壁被遮光膜包圍的區域內設置有開口部。According to a twenty-seventh aspect, in the apparatus of the aspect 18, the object to be polished is provided with a shutter insertion opening having a shutter that is openable and closable, and a light shielding film surrounding the object insertion opening is provided in the light shielding wall. An opening is provided in a region surrounded by the light shielding film.

由此,在打開了處理單元的閘門的狀態下,一邊維持處理單元以及搬運區域內的遮光狀態一邊進行被研磨物的交接,以關閉處理單元的閘門的方式,例如在維護時等,能夠防止來自外部的光通過遮光壁的開口部而進入搬運區域內。In this way, in the state in which the gate of the processing unit is opened, the object to be polished is transferred while maintaining the light-shielding state in the processing unit and the conveyance region, and the gate of the processing unit can be closed, for example, during maintenance, etc., can be prevented. Light from the outside passes through the opening of the light shielding wall and enters the conveyance area.

第27的方式為,在方式24或25記載的被研磨物處理裝置中,其特徵在於處理區域為清洗區域,被研磨物的處理為被研磨物的清洗。According to a twenty-seventh aspect, in the workpiece processing apparatus according to the aspect 24 or 25, the processing area is a cleaning area, and the processing of the object to be polished is cleaning of the object to be polished.

藉由第25~27的方式,會防止由向被研磨物的被處理面的光的照射而導致的銅配線等的光腐蝕,並且在裝置內的一部分的處理單元的維護中,被研磨物的處理個數雖然暫時減少,但防止因光的照射導致的銅配線等的光腐蝕的被研磨物的處理變為可能。According to the twenty-seventh to twenty-seventh aspects, light corrosion of copper wiring or the like due to irradiation of light to the surface to be polished of the object to be polished is prevented, and the object to be polished is maintained during maintenance of a part of the processing unit in the apparatus. Although the number of processes is temporarily reduced, it is possible to prevent the treatment of the object to be polished due to light corrosion of copper wiring or the like due to irradiation of light.

在第25~27方式中,還能夠具有以下的特徵。(1)包括密閉機構,使半導體材料中的金屬特徵間的電氣分解減少的裝置,該密閉機構用於不使半導體材料暴露在具有半導體材料(即,基板)的能隙能量以上的能量的光中。(2)在上述(1)記載的裝置中,所述密閉機構配置在由化學機械研磨裝置以及刷清洗裝置構成的組中選擇的半導體加工工具的周圍。(3)在上述(2)記載的裝置中,還包括能夠產生具有比能隙能量低的能量的光的光源。(4)在上述(3)記載的裝置中,還包括能夠檢測具有比帶隙能量低的能量的光的製程監測用攝影機。(5)在上述(4)記載的裝置中,所述半導體材料為矽系,所述密閉機構排除具有約1.1μm以下的波長的光,所述光源產生具有超過約1.1μm的波長的光,所述攝影機對其進行檢測。適宜地,例如,也可以使用具有該區域的波長的光,例如紅外光,來檢測上述記載的研磨裝置的矽系被研磨物的研磨處理的終點。(6)在上述(4)記載的裝置中,所述半導體材料為鎵系,所述密閉機構排除具有約0.9μm以下的波長的光,所述光源產生具有超過約0.9μm的波長的光,所述攝影機對其進行檢測。適宜地,例如也可以使用具有該區域的波長的光,例如紅外光,來檢測上述記載的研磨裝置中的鎵系被研磨物的研磨處理中的終點。(7)包括能夠使至少一個電氣分解抑制劑與半導體材料中的金屬特徵結合半導體加工工具,使半導體材料中的金屬特徵間的電氣分解減少的裝置。(8)在上述(7)的裝置中,所述半導體材料為矽系,所述密閉機構排除具有約1.1μm以下的波長的光,所述光源產生具有超過約1.1μm的波長的光,所述攝影機對其進行檢測。適宜地,例如也可以使用具有該區域的波長的光,例如紅外光,來檢測上述記載的研磨裝置中的矽系被研磨物的研磨處理的終點。In the 25th to 27th aspects, the following features are also possible. (1) A device comprising a hermetic mechanism for reducing electrical decomposition between metal features in a semiconductor material, the hermetic mechanism being used for light that does not expose the semiconductor material to energy having a bandgap energy of a semiconductor material (ie, a substrate) in. (2) In the apparatus according to (1) above, the sealing mechanism is disposed around a semiconductor processing tool selected from the group consisting of a chemical mechanical polishing device and a brush cleaning device. (3) The apparatus according to (2) above, further comprising a light source capable of generating light having energy lower than an energy gap energy. (4) The apparatus according to (3) above, further comprising a process monitoring camera capable of detecting light having energy lower than a band gap energy. (5) The apparatus according to (4) above, wherein the semiconductor material is a lanthanoid system, and the sealing mechanism excludes light having a wavelength of about 1.1 μm or less, and the light source generates light having a wavelength of more than about 1.1 μm. The camera detects it. For example, it is also possible to detect the end point of the polishing process of the lanthanum-based object to be polished of the polishing apparatus described above by using light having a wavelength of the region, for example, infrared light. (6) The apparatus according to (4) above, wherein the semiconductor material is a gallium system, and the sealing mechanism excludes light having a wavelength of about 0.9 μm or less, and the light source generates light having a wavelength of more than about 0.9 μm. The camera detects it. For example, it is also possible to detect the end point in the polishing process of the gallium-based object to be polished in the polishing apparatus described above by using light having a wavelength of the region, for example, infrared light. (7) A device comprising a semiconductor processing tool capable of combining at least one electrical decomposition inhibitor with a metal feature in a semiconductor material to reduce electrical decomposition between metal features in the semiconductor material. (8) In the apparatus of (7) above, wherein the semiconductor material is a lanthanoid system, the sealing mechanism excludes light having a wavelength of about 1.1 μm or less, and the light source generates light having a wavelength of more than about 1.1 μm. The camera detects it. For example, it is also possible to detect the end point of the polishing process of the lanthanum-based object to be polished in the polishing apparatus described above by using light having a wavelength of the region, for example, infrared light.

在構成積體電路的材料等的結晶性固體中,原子軌域事實上結合(combine),成為「結晶」軌域或電子能帶的連續「帶」。最高的佔有帶稱作價電子帶,最低的空帶稱作傳導帶。使一個電子從價電子帶的最高點激發至傳導帶的最低點所需要的能量稱作能隙能量(Eg)。矽在室溫中為Eg=1.12eV,鎵在室溫中為Eg=1.42eV。已知矽等半導體材料會顯示出光導電性,光照射給予充分的能量將電子激發到傳導帶而使半導體的導電性增大。光能量根據公式E=hν或E=hc/λ與頻率或波長相關,在公式中,h為普朗克常數,c為光速,ν為頻率,λ為波長。室溫下的大部分的矽系半導體中,為了達成光導電性而所需要的光能量必須達到約1.12eV,即,必須有約1.1μm以下的波長。在鎵半導體中,光導電性需要約0.9μm以下的波長。在其他半導體中,Eg從通常的參照文獻容易獲得,波長能夠使用上述公式計算。在以下的說明中,以矽系半導體元件為重點進行說明,但本發明同樣適用於由鎵等其他半導體材料製作的元件,這對於本領域技術人員而言當是容易理解的。In the crystalline solid constituting the material of the integrated circuit or the like, the atomic orbital domain actually combines and becomes a continuous "band" of the "crystal" or the electronic energy band. The highest possession band is called the valence band, and the lowest band is called the conduction band. The energy required to excite an electron from the highest point of the valence band to the lowest point of the conduction band is called the energy gap energy (Eg).矽 is Eg=1.12 eV at room temperature, and gallium is Eg=1.42 eV at room temperature. It is known that semiconductor materials such as germanium exhibit photoconductivity, and light irradiation gives sufficient energy to excite electrons to the conduction band to increase the conductivity of the semiconductor. The light energy is related to the frequency or wavelength according to the formula E=hν or E=hc/λ. In the formula, h is the Planck constant, c is the speed of light, ν is the frequency, and λ is the wavelength. In most of the lanthanide semiconductors at room temperature, the light energy required to achieve photoconductivity must be about 1.12 eV, that is, a wavelength of about 1.1 μm or less is necessary. In a gallium semiconductor, photoconductivity requires a wavelength of about 0.9 μm or less. In other semiconductors, Eg is easily obtained from a general reference, and the wavelength can be calculated using the above formula. In the following description, the bismuth-based semiconductor device will be mainly described. However, the present invention is equally applicable to an element made of other semiconductor materials such as gallium, which will be easily understood by those skilled in the art.

上述所述的光導電性成為圖44所示的PN接面300中的光電效果的基礎。n型半導體320是摻雜了磷、砷等供給電子至矽傳導帶而產生多餘的負的電荷載體的施體雜質的矽。因此,n型半導體320中的大量電荷載體為帶負電的粒子。p型半導體310為摻雜了硼等從矽的價電子帶接受電子而產生多餘的電洞或正的電荷載體的受體雜質的矽。因此,p型半導體310中的大量電荷載體是帶正電的電洞。在PN接面300被具有充分能量的光350的光子照射時,在p型310以及n型320半導體兩者,電子被從價電子帶激發到傳導帶,而殘留電洞。這樣,n型的半導體320中產生的增加的正的電荷載體中,大量電荷載體向正(電洞)即接面300的p型310側移動。另外,這樣在p型半導體310中產生的增加的負的電荷載體中,大量電荷載體向負(電子)即接面300的n型320側移動。該電荷載體的移動產生光電效果,產生類似於電池的電流源。The above-described photoconductivity is the basis of the photoelectric effect in the PN junction surface 300 shown in FIG. The n-type semiconductor 320 is doped with a donor impurity such as phosphorus or arsenic which supplies electrons to the ruthenium conduction band to generate an excess negative charge carrier. Therefore, a large number of charge carriers in the n-type semiconductor 320 are negatively charged particles. The p-type semiconductor 310 is doped with an acceptor impurity such as boron that receives electrons from the valence electron band of ruthenium to generate excess holes or positive charge carriers. Therefore, a large number of charge carriers in the p-type semiconductor 310 are positively charged holes. When the PN junction surface 300 is irradiated with photons of light 350 having sufficient energy, in both the p-type 310 and the n-type 320 semiconductor, electrons are excited from the valence electron band to the conduction band, leaving holes. Thus, in the increased positive charge carriers generated in the n-type semiconductor 320, a large amount of charge carriers move toward the positive (hole) side of the p-type 310 of the junction 300. Further, in the thus-increasing negative charge carriers generated in the p-type semiconductor 310, a large amount of charge carriers move toward the n-type 320 side of the negative (electron) junction 300. The movement of the charge carrier produces a photoelectric effect that produces a current source similar to a battery.

在將作為電流源發揮作用的PN接面與露出於電解質230的互連件330、340等金屬導體連接時,電氣分解所需要的要素全部齊全,只要電位充足,就會引起陽極金屬成分的溶解。由於光電壓而產生的圖44的電化學的溶解與電化學的溶解類似。陽極330的氧化反應中,產生溶解在電解質230中的游離陽離子250,以及經由內部連接流動至電流源(PN結300)而到達陰極340上的電子。該氧化反應引起電氣分解的最顯眼的標誌,雖是引起陽極330的溶解或瀝青,但也必須引起還原反應。陰極的還原反應使電子與電解質230中的反應物260結合,產生經還原的反應產生物。需要注意的是,因應是與PN結的p側以及n側中的哪一側連接,金屬導體的某部分成為陰極,某部分成為陽極。When a PN junction functioning as a current source is connected to a metal conductor such as an interconnect 330, 340 exposed to the electrolyte 230, all the elements required for electrical decomposition are complete, and as long as the potential is sufficient, the anode metal component is dissolved. . The electrochemical dissolution of Figure 44 due to the photovoltage is similar to the electrochemical dissolution. In the oxidation reaction of the anode 330, free cations 250 dissolved in the electrolyte 230, and electrons flowing to the cathode 340 via the internal connection to the current source (PN junction 300) are generated. This oxidation reaction causes the most conspicuous sign of electrical decomposition, although it causes dissolution of the anode 330 or asphalt, but must also cause a reduction reaction. The reduction reaction of the cathode combines electrons with reactant 260 in electrolyte 230 to produce a reduced reaction product. It should be noted that, depending on which side of the p-side and the n-side of the PN junction is connected, a certain portion of the metal conductor becomes a cathode, and a certain portion becomes an anode.

根據消除或減少電化學的溶解的本發明的適宜實施方式,提供消除或者減少全域配線,互連件,接點以及其他金屬特徵的電化學溶解的方法以及裝置。該適宜實施方式藉由不使PN結暴露於能夠引起光電效果的光,或阻止由於光電效果誘發的氧化或還原或者氧化與還原雙方,或者藉由進行上述兩者而使溶解減少。Methods and apparatus for eliminating or reducing electrochemical dissolution of global wiring, interconnects, contacts, and other metal features are provided in accordance with suitable embodiments of the present invention that eliminate or reduce electrochemical dissolution. This preferred embodiment reduces dissolution by not exposing the PN junction to light that can cause a photoelectric effect, or preventing oxidation or reduction or oxidation and reduction induced by the photoelectric effect, or by performing both of the above.

此外,作為頂環、頂環的驅動部的保持方式,除了將它們保持在擺動臂(懸臂)的端部的已述的方式以外,還有將複數個頂環、驅動各頂環的複數個驅動部保持在一個圓盤傳送帶的方式。在使本發明的一實施方式適用於圓盤傳送帶的情況下,也能夠提供在複數個研磨裝置間減少電流檢測器的測量結果的差的研磨裝置。這些頂環和驅動部構成組(研磨裝置),該組能夠在一個圓盤傳送帶上設置複數個組。關於複數個驅動部(頂環用馬達114)的馬達電流的電流值,藉由適用已述的實施方式,能夠實現在多組研磨裝置間使電流檢測器的測量結果的差減少的研磨裝置。Further, as a method of holding the driving portions of the top ring and the top ring, in addition to the above-described manner of holding them at the end of the swing arm (cantilever), a plurality of top rings and a plurality of top rings are driven. The way the drive is held in a carousel. When an embodiment of the present invention is applied to a carousel, it is also possible to provide a polishing apparatus that reduces the difference in measurement results of the current detector between a plurality of polishing apparatuses. These top rings and drive portions constitute a group (grinding device) capable of arranging a plurality of groups on one carousel. With regard to the current value of the motor current of the plurality of driving units (the motor for the top ring), by applying the above-described embodiment, it is possible to realize a polishing apparatus that reduces the difference in measurement results of the current detectors between the plurality of sets of polishing apparatuses.

參照圖45對圓盤傳送帶進行說明。圓盤傳送帶能夠繞旋轉軸704旋轉,頂環用馬達114安裝於圓盤傳送帶702。圖45是表示被圓盤傳送帶702支承的多頭型的頂環31A以及頂環用馬達114與研磨台30A的關係的概略側視圖。如圖45所示,在一個研磨台30A設置有複數個頂環單元。也可以在圓盤傳送帶設置一個頂環,台也可以是一個以上。也可以在圓盤傳送帶設置複數個頂環,並具有複數個台。在該情況下,也可以在一個台上具有一個頂環,也可以在一個台上具有複數個頂環。圓盤傳送帶進行旋轉等移動,頂環也可以在下個階段移動至其他的台並進行研磨。The carousel will be described with reference to Fig. 45. The carousel is rotatable about a rotating shaft 704, and the top ring motor 114 is attached to the carousel 702. 45 is a schematic side view showing the relationship between the multi-head type top ring 31A supported by the carousel 702 and the top ring motor 114 and the polishing table 30A. As shown in Fig. 45, a plurality of top ring units are provided in one polishing table 30A. It is also possible to provide a top ring on the carousel, and the table can be more than one. It is also possible to provide a plurality of top rings on the carousel and a plurality of stages. In this case, it is also possible to have one top ring on one stage or a plurality of top rings on one stage. The carousel is moved by rotation or the like, and the top ring can be moved to another stage and ground in the next stage.

圓盤傳送帶702能夠旋轉。在圓盤傳送帶702的中心部附近設有旋轉機構。圓盤傳送帶702被支柱(未圖示)支承。圓盤傳送帶702被支承於旋轉主軸,該旋轉主軸被安裝於支柱的馬達(未圖示)。因此,圓盤傳送帶702能夠藉由旋轉主軸的旋轉而以垂直的旋轉軸芯704為中心旋轉。此外,作為與圓盤傳送帶方式類似的方式,例如也可以使用圓形狀的導軌,代替圓盤傳送帶。在導軌上設置有複數個驅動部(頂環用馬達114)。此時,驅動部能夠在導軌上移動。The carousel 702 is rotatable. A rotating mechanism is provided in the vicinity of the center portion of the carousel 702. The carousel 702 is supported by a post (not shown). The carousel 702 is supported by a rotating main shaft that is attached to a motor (not shown) of the strut. Therefore, the carousel 702 can be rotated about the vertical rotating shaft core 704 by the rotation of the rotating main shaft. Further, as a method similar to the carousel, for example, a circular guide rail may be used instead of the carousel. A plurality of driving portions (top ring motor 114) are provided on the guide rail. At this time, the drive unit can move on the guide rail.

接著,就研磨裝置具有能夠繞旋轉軸旋轉的圓盤傳送帶,臂驅動部安裝於圓盤傳送帶的實施方式,參照圖46、47進行說明。圖46是表示由圓盤傳送帶702支承的多頭型的頂環31A以及擺動臂110與研磨台30A的關係的概略側視圖,圖47是俯視圖。Next, the polishing apparatus has a carousel that is rotatable about a rotation axis, and an embodiment in which the arm drive unit is attached to the carousel will be described with reference to FIGS. 46 and 47. Fig. 46 is a schematic side view showing a relationship between a multi-head type top ring 31A supported by a carousel 702 and a swing arm 110 and a polishing table 30A, and Fig. 47 is a plan view.

根據圖46所示的在圓盤傳送帶702安裝有頂環的實施方式,能夠解決以下課題。在大的圓盤傳送帶702設置有複數個頂環31A時,作為一個研磨終點檢測手段,不同於基於臂轉矩的方法,有監測研磨台的旋轉驅動馬達或頂環旋轉驅動馬達的轉矩變動的方法。在這些方法中,檢測頂環31A的旋轉阻抗力(摩擦力)的變化。但是,會有由於臂的擺動、頂環的旋轉的變動、台的旋轉的變動產生的誤差等導致的摩擦力檢測訊號的誤差,以往,難以進行高精度的終點檢測。另外,在一個旋轉臺上有複數個頂環時,台的旋轉由於複數個頂環31A的影響,會複雜地變動,因此以往難以得到每個頂環31A的正確的摩擦力的變動。According to the embodiment in which the top ring is attached to the carousel 702 shown in FIG. 46, the following problems can be solved. When the large carousel 702 is provided with a plurality of top rings 31A, as a grinding end point detecting means, unlike the method based on the arm torque, there is a torque variation of the rotary driving motor or the top ring rotating driving motor for monitoring the grinding table. Methods. In these methods, the change in the rotational resistance force (friction force) of the top ring 31A is detected. However, there is a problem of the frictional force detection signal due to the swing of the arm, the fluctuation of the rotation of the top ring, the error caused by the fluctuation of the rotation of the table, etc. In the past, it has been difficult to perform high-accuracy end point detection. Further, when there are a plurality of top rings on one rotating table, the rotation of the table is complicatedly changed by the influence of the plurality of top rings 31A. Therefore, it has been difficult to obtain a correct frictional force variation of each of the top rings 31A.

在圖46的研磨裝置中,在圓盤傳送帶702安裝有擺動臂110,在擺動臂110安裝有頂環31A。由一個擺動臂110和一個頂環31A構成的單元(以下,稱作「TR單元」)有在圓盤傳送帶702設置一個的情況和設置複數個的情況(多頭型)。圖46是設有複數個的圓盤傳送帶702的情況。In the polishing apparatus of Fig. 46, a swing arm 110 is attached to the carousel 702, and a top ring 31A is attached to the swing arm 110. A unit (hereinafter, referred to as a "TR unit") composed of one swing arm 110 and one top ring 31A has a case where one is provided on the carousel 702 and a case where a plurality of pieces are provided (multi-head type). Fig. 46 shows a case where a plurality of carousels 702 are provided.

此外,在圖45、46中,頂環用馬達114配置在擺動臂110上側,在圖46中如虛線所示,也可以將頂環用馬達114a配置在擺動臂110的下側。此外,在圖45所示的一個研磨台30A有複數個頂環31A時,複數個頂環31A的擺動方向或移動方向需要移動成讓複數個頂環31A彼此不干涉。例如,在複數個頂環31A移動成彼此靠近時,有干涉的可能性的配置的情況下,移動成不彼此靠近,或藉由向同一方向移動來防止干涉。Further, in FIGS. 45 and 46, the top ring motor 114 is disposed on the upper side of the swing arm 110, and as shown by a broken line in FIG. 46, the top ring motor 114a may be disposed on the lower side of the swing arm 110. Further, when one of the polishing tables 30A shown in Fig. 45 has a plurality of top rings 31A, the swinging direction or moving direction of the plurality of top rings 31A needs to be moved so that the plurality of top rings 31A do not interfere with each other. For example, in a case where the plurality of top rings 31A are moved closer to each other with an arrangement of possibility of interference, the movements are not brought close to each other, or are prevented from moving by moving in the same direction.

作為其他實施方式,擺動臂110也可以不在軌道上移動。例如研磨裝置具有:支承框架;安裝於支承框架,劃定頂環用馬達114的搬運路徑的軌道;沿著藉由軌道所劃定的路徑,搬運頂環用馬達114的搬運部,該搬運部與軌道結合,且沿著軌道可動。As other embodiments, the swing arm 110 may not move on the track. For example, the polishing apparatus includes a support frame, a rail attached to the support frame to define a conveyance path of the top ring motor 114, and a conveyance unit that conveys the top ring motor 114 along a path defined by the rail. Combined with the track and movable along the track.

軌道、沿著軌道移動的機構(搬運部)能夠使用線性馬達驅動方式。另外,能夠是使用馬達和軸承的軌道機構。作為其他方式,有軌道本身能夠旋轉的方式。在該方式中,軌道本身旋轉,從而頂環能夠移動至其他台部。此時,藉由搬運部進行少量的移動調整。A linear motor drive method can be used for the rail and the mechanism (transport portion) that moves along the rail. In addition, it can be a rail mechanism using a motor and a bearing. As another way, there is a way in which the track itself can be rotated. In this manner, the track itself rotates so that the top ring can move to other stations. At this time, a small amount of movement adjustment is performed by the conveyance unit.

在圖45、46中,能夠使用用了線性馬達驅動方式的線性移動的機構(搬運部),代替擺動臂110。作為線性移動的方向,有在圓盤傳送帶702的中心704和端部間的半徑上於一個方向上移動的方向。或者,具有沿圖47所示的X方向移動的機構、沿Y方向移動的機構、沿Z方向移動的機構,從而能夠進行組合這些移動方向的移動。作為方向的組合,有並非(X方向或Y方向)+Z方向、X方向、Y方向的其他方向等。In FIGS. 45 and 46, a mechanism (transport portion) that linearly moves by a linear motor drive method can be used instead of the swing arm 110. As the direction of linear movement, there is a direction of movement in one direction on the radius between the center 704 and the end of the carousel 702. Alternatively, the mechanism that moves in the X direction shown in FIG. 47, the mechanism that moves in the Y direction, and the mechanism that moves in the Z direction can perform the movement in which the moving directions are combined. The combination of directions is not (X direction or Y direction) + Z direction, X direction, other directions in the Y direction, and the like.

在圖45~47所示的方式中,臂或搬運部擺動或移動,並一邊擺動或移動一邊進行研磨。在臂或搬運部擺動或移動的情況下,馬達電流訊號在研磨時即便摩擦力不變化時也變動。此時,圖16之後所示的實施方式有效。圖16之後所示的實施方式能夠檢測伴隨研磨的進行半導體晶圓16表面的材質的變化、電路模式的變化導致的摩擦力的變化。基於檢測到的摩擦力的變化進行終點檢測。In the embodiment shown in Figs. 45 to 47, the arm or the conveying portion is swung or moved, and is polished while swinging or moving. When the arm or the conveying portion is swung or moved, the motor current signal changes even when the frictional force does not change during polishing. At this time, the embodiment shown after FIG. 16 is effective. The embodiment shown in FIG. 16 can detect a change in the frictional force caused by a change in the material of the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 and a change in the circuit pattern accompanying the polishing. End point detection is performed based on the detected change in friction.

以上,關於本發明的實施方式的示例進行了說明,上述發明的實施方式是為了容易理解本發明而做出,並不限定本發明。在不脫離本發明的要旨的範圍內,能夠進行變更、改良,並且本發明當然包含其等同物。另外,在能夠解決上述課題的至少一部分的範圍內,或達成效果的至少一部分的範圍內,能夠將申請專利範圍第項的範圍以及說明書所記載的各結構要素進行任意組合或省略。The embodiments of the present invention have been described above, and the embodiments of the present invention have been made to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, and do not limit the present invention. Modifications and improvements can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, within the scope of at least a part of the above-mentioned problems, or in the range of at least a part of the effects, the components of the scope of the patent application and the components described in the specification can be arbitrarily combined or omitted.

61a‧‧‧底面部61a‧‧‧ bottom part

61b‧‧‧磁心部61b‧‧‧Magnetic Department

61c‧‧‧周壁部61c‧‧‧Walls

61d‧‧‧周邊部磁性體61d‧‧‧ peripheral magnetic body

860、862‧‧‧勵磁線圈860, 862‧‧ ‧ excitation coil

864、866‧‧‧檢測線圈864, 866‧‧‧ detection coil

868、870‧‧‧虛擬線圈868, 870‧‧‧ virtual coil

876、878‧‧‧磁場876, 878‧‧‧ magnetic field

882‧‧‧初始研磨速率公式882‧‧‧Initial grinding rate formula

884‧‧‧研磨終點884‧‧‧ grinding end point

圖1是表示本發明的一實施方式的基板處理裝置的整體結構的俯視圖。 圖2是示意表示第一研磨單元的立體圖。 圖3是示意表示頂環的構造的剖面圖。 圖4是示意表示頂環的其他構造例的剖面圖。 圖5是用於說明使頂環旋轉以及擺動的機構的剖面圖。 圖6是示意表示研磨台的內部構造的剖面圖。 圖7是表示具有光學式檢測器的研磨台的示意圖。 圖8是表示具有微波檢測器的研磨台的示意圖。 圖9是表示修整器的立體圖。 圖10(a)是表示噴霧器的立體圖,圖10(b)是表示臂的下部的示意圖。 圖11(a)是表示噴霧器的內部構造的側視圖,圖11(b)是表示噴霧器的俯視圖。 圖12(a)是表示清洗部的俯視圖,圖12(b)是表示清洗部的側視圖。 圖13是表示清洗線路的一例的示意圖。 圖14是表示上側乾燥模組的縱剖面圖。 圖15是表示上側乾燥模組的俯視圖。 圖16是表示本發明的一實施方式的研磨裝置的整體結構的概略圖。 圖17是表示渦電流檢測器的結構的圖,圖17(a)是表示渦電流檢測器的結構的方塊圖,圖17(b)是渦電流檢測器的等價電路圖。 圖18是表示本實施方式的渦電流檢測器的構成例的概略圖。 圖19是表示渦電流檢測器中的勵磁線圈的連接例的概略圖。 圖20是表示渦電流檢測器中的磁場的圖。 圖21是表示渦電流檢測器中的勵磁線圈的其他連接例的概略圖。 圖22是表示渦電流檢測器中的磁場的圖。 圖23是表示渦電流檢測器中的各線圈的連接例的概略圖。 圖24是表示渦電流檢測器的同步檢波電路的方塊圖。 圖25表示利用渦電流式檢測器進行終點檢測的方法的一例。 圖26表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。 圖27表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。 圖28表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。 圖29是說明藉由臂轉矩檢測部的臂轉矩的檢測方法的方塊圖。 圖30是表示具有光學式檢測器的其他實施方式的圖。 圖31是表示具有光學式檢測器的其他實施方式的圖。 圖32是表示終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況的示例的圖。 圖33是表示終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況的示例的圖。 圖34是表示終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況的示例的圖。 圖35是表示作為圖16的變形例的實施方式的圖。 圖36是表示由控制部對整體的控制的圖。 圖37是表示其他實施方式的結構的圖。 圖38是表示圖37的實施方式的變形例的圖。 圖39是表示本發明的研磨裝置的檢測器的其他概略構成例的圖,圖39(a)為俯視圖,圖39(b)為側剖面圖。 圖40是表示其他實施方式的概略構成例的圖。 圖41是表示其他實施方式的概略構成例的圖。 圖42是表示其他實施方式的研磨裝置的概略構成例的圖。 圖43是表示圖42延箭頭Y-Y的視圖。 圖44是表示PN連接的示例的剖面圖。 圖45是表示被圓盤傳送帶支承的多頭型的頂環與研磨台的關係的概略側視圖。 圖46是表示利用具有臂驅動部的圓盤傳送帶支承的多頭型的頂環與研磨台的關係的概略側視圖。 圖47是圖46所示的實施方式的俯視圖。 圖48是說明在半導體晶圓的導電性發生變化時改變勵磁線圈產生的磁場的強度的實施方式的圖。 圖49表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。 圖50表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。1 is a plan view showing an overall configuration of a substrate processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 2 is a perspective view schematically showing a first polishing unit. Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of a top ring. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another structural example of the top ring. Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view for explaining a mechanism for rotating and swinging the top ring. Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an internal structure of a polishing table. Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing a polishing table having an optical detector. Fig. 8 is a schematic view showing a polishing table having a microwave detector. Fig. 9 is a perspective view showing the dresser. Fig. 10 (a) is a perspective view showing the atomizer, and Fig. 10 (b) is a schematic view showing a lower portion of the arm. Fig. 11 (a) is a side view showing the internal structure of the atomizer, and Fig. 11 (b) is a plan view showing the atomizer. Fig. 12 (a) is a plan view showing the cleaning unit, and Fig. 12 (b) is a side view showing the cleaning unit. Fig. 13 is a schematic view showing an example of a washing line. Fig. 14 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the upper drying module. Fig. 15 is a plan view showing the upper drying module. FIG. 16 is a schematic view showing an overall configuration of a polishing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 17 is a view showing a configuration of an eddy current detector, Fig. 17 (a) is a block diagram showing a configuration of an eddy current detector, and Fig. 17 (b) is an equivalent circuit diagram of an eddy current detector. FIG. 18 is a schematic view showing a configuration example of an eddy current detector according to the present embodiment. 19 is a schematic view showing an example of connection of an exciting coil in an eddy current detector. Fig. 20 is a view showing a magnetic field in an eddy current detector. Fig. 21 is a schematic view showing another example of connection of the exciting coil in the eddy current detector. Fig. 22 is a view showing a magnetic field in an eddy current detector. Fig. 23 is a schematic view showing an example of connection of each coil in the eddy current detector. Fig. 24 is a block diagram showing a synchronous detection circuit of an eddy current detector. Fig. 25 shows an example of a method of performing end point detection using an eddy current type detector. FIG. 26 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided in the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion and surrounds the wall portion of the core portion. FIG. 27 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided in the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion and surrounds the wall portion of the core portion. FIG. 28 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided in the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion and surrounds the wall portion of the core portion. Fig. 29 is a block diagram showing a method of detecting arm torque by an arm torque detecting unit. Fig. 30 is a view showing another embodiment having an optical detector. Fig. 31 is a view showing another embodiment having an optical detector. 32 is a view showing an example of a case where the film structure of the end portion is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film. 33 is a view showing an example of a case where the film structure of the end portion is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film. FIG. 34 is a view showing an example of a case where the film structure of the end portion is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film. Fig. 35 is a view showing an embodiment as a modification of Fig. 16; Fig. 36 is a view showing control of the entire control unit; Fig. 37 is a view showing the configuration of another embodiment. Fig. 38 is a view showing a modification of the embodiment of Fig. 37; 39 is a view showing another schematic configuration example of a detector of the polishing apparatus of the present invention, wherein FIG. 39(a) is a plan view and FIG. 39(b) is a side cross-sectional view. 40 is a view showing an example of a schematic configuration of another embodiment. 41 is a view showing a schematic configuration example of another embodiment. 42 is a view showing a schematic configuration example of a polishing apparatus according to another embodiment. Figure 43 is a view showing the arrow Y-Y of Figure 42. Fig. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a PN connection. Fig. 45 is a schematic side view showing the relationship between a multi-head type top ring supported by a carousel and a polishing table. Fig. 46 is a schematic side view showing a relationship between a multi-head type top ring supported by a carousel having an arm driving portion and a polishing table. Figure 47 is a plan view of the embodiment shown in Figure 46. FIG. 48 is a view for explaining an embodiment in which the intensity of a magnetic field generated by the exciting coil is changed when the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer changes. FIG. 49 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided in the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion and surrounds the wall portion of the core portion. FIG. 50 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided in the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion and surrounds the wall portion of the core portion.

Claims (18)

一種磁性元件,其特徵在於具有: 底部磁性體; 中央磁性體,該中央磁性體設於所述底部磁性體的中央; 周邊部磁性體,該周邊部磁性體設於所述底部磁性體的周邊部; 內部線圈,該內部線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,且能夠產生磁場;以及 外部線圈,該外部線圈配置在所述周邊部磁性體的外周,且能夠產生磁場。A magnetic element comprising: a bottom magnetic body; a central magnetic body disposed at a center of the bottom magnetic body; a peripheral magnetic body, the peripheral magnetic body being disposed at a periphery of the bottom magnetic body The inner coil is disposed on an outer circumference of the central magnetic body and capable of generating a magnetic field; and an outer coil disposed on an outer circumference of the peripheral magnetic body and capable of generating a magnetic field. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述底部磁性體具有柱狀的形狀,所述周邊部磁性體配置在所述柱狀的形狀的兩端。The magnetic element according to claim 1, wherein the bottom magnetic body has a columnar shape, and the peripheral magnetic body is disposed at both ends of the columnar shape. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述周邊部磁性體在所述底部磁性體的周邊部設有複數個。The magnetic element according to claim 1, wherein the peripheral magnetic body is provided in plural at a peripheral portion of the bottom magnetic body. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述周邊部磁性體是設於所述底部磁性體的周邊部的壁部,來包圍所述中央磁性體。The magnetic element according to claim 1, wherein the peripheral magnetic body is a wall portion provided at a peripheral portion of the bottom magnetic body to surround the central magnetic body. 如申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈能夠電並聯地連接。The magnetic element according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the inner coil and the outer coil can be electrically connected in parallel. 如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述內部線圈在所述中央磁性體內產生的磁場的方向與所述外部線圈在所述中央磁性體內產生的磁場的方向可相同。The magnetic element according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the direction of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil in the central magnetic body and the outer coil are generated in the central magnetic body The direction of the magnetic field can be the same. 如申請專利範圍第1至6項中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有檢測線圈,該檢測線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周及/或所述周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。The magnetic element according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a detecting coil disposed on an outer circumference of the central magnetic body and/or an outer circumference of the peripheral magnetic body, Ability to detect magnetic fields. 如申請專利範圍第7項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有虛擬線圈,該虛擬線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周及/或所述周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。The magnetic element according to claim 7, comprising a virtual coil disposed on an outer circumference of the central magnetic body and/or an outer circumference of the peripheral magnetic body, capable of detecting a magnetic field. 如申請專利範圍第1至6項中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有檢測線圈和虛擬線圈,該檢測線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場,該虛擬線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。The magnetic element according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized by comprising a detecting coil and a virtual coil disposed on an outer circumference of the central magnetic body, capable of detecting a magnetic field, the virtual coil configuration A magnetic field can be detected on the outer circumference of the central magnetic body. 一種渦電流式檢測器,其特徵在於具有申請專利範圍第項7至9中任一項所述的磁性元件。An eddy current type detector characterized by having the magnetic element according to any one of claims 7 to 9. 一種研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有: 研磨台,用於研磨被研磨物的研磨墊能夠貼附於該研磨台; 驅動部,該驅動部能夠驅動所述研磨台旋轉; 保持部,該保持部能夠保持所述被研磨物並按壓至所述研磨墊; 如申請專利範圍第10項所述的渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器配置在所述研磨台的內部,藉由所述檢測線圈能夠檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流;以及 終點檢測部,該終點檢測部能夠從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點。A polishing apparatus comprising: a polishing table to which a polishing pad for polishing an object to be polished can be attached; and a driving portion capable of driving the polishing table to rotate; and a holding portion capable of rotating the holding portion Holding the object to be polished and pressing to the polishing pad; the eddy current detector according to claim 10, wherein the eddy current detector is disposed inside the polishing table by the detecting The coil is capable of detecting an eddy current formed by the inner coil and the outer coil on the object to be polished in accordance with rotation of the polishing table; and an end point detecting portion capable of detecting from the end The eddy current detection indicates the end of the grinding of the end of the grinding of the object to be polished. 如申請專利範圍第11項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部從所述檢測出的所述渦電流決定所述被研磨物的研磨速率,計算在以所述研磨速率對所述被研磨物進行研磨時的預期研磨量,從而能夠檢測所述研磨終點。The polishing apparatus according to claim 11, wherein the end point detecting unit determines a polishing rate of the object to be polished from the detected eddy current, and calculates the pairing rate at the polishing rate. The polishing amount at the time of polishing the object to be polished is described, so that the polishing end point can be detected. 如申請專利範圍第12項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部比較從所述渦電流得到的膜厚相關的資料和與從所述研磨速率預測的膜厚相關的資料,在比較的結果比指定值大的情況下,能夠不使用與從所述渦電流得到的膜厚相關的所述資料。The polishing apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the end point detecting unit compares a film thickness-related data obtained from the eddy current with data relating to a film thickness predicted from the polishing rate, When the result of the comparison is larger than the specified value, the data relating to the film thickness obtained from the eddy current can be not used. 如申請專利範圍第12或13項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部能夠從所述預期研磨量以及與對應於所述研磨終點的膜厚相關的閾值檢測所述研磨終點。The polishing apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the end point detecting unit is capable of detecting the polishing end point from the expected amount of polishing and a threshold value related to a film thickness corresponding to the polishing end point. 一種研磨方法,該研磨方法為在研磨墊和與所述研磨墊相對配置的被研磨物之間進行研磨的研磨方法,其特徵在於具有: 藉由研磨台保持所述研磨墊的步驟; 旋轉驅動所述研磨台的步驟; 旋轉驅動用於保持所述被研磨物並往所述研磨墊按壓的保持部的步驟; 在所述研磨台的內部配置如申請專利範圍第10項所述的渦電流式檢測器,藉由所述檢測線圈檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流的步驟; 從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。A polishing method for polishing a polishing pad and an object to be polished disposed opposite to the polishing pad, characterized by: a step of holding the polishing pad by a polishing table; a step of the polishing table; a step of rotationally driving a holding portion for holding the object to be pressed and pressed against the polishing pad; and configuring an eddy current as described in claim 10 in the interior of the polishing table a detector for detecting, by the detecting coil, an eddy current formed by the inner coil and the outer coil on the object to be polished in association with rotation of the polishing table; The eddy current detection step indicates a polishing end point of the end of the polishing of the object to be polished. 如申請專利範圍第15項所述的研磨方法,其特徵在於在所述被研磨物的導電性發生變化時改變所述內部線圈及/或所述外部線圈產生的磁場的強度。The polishing method according to claim 15, wherein the strength of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil and/or the outer coil is changed when the conductivity of the object to be polished changes. 如申請專利範圍第15或16項所述的研磨方法,其特徵在於在所述研磨台的內部配置有複數個如申請專利範圍第10項所述的渦電流式檢測器,所述複數個渦電流式檢測器的檢測靈敏度互不相同。The polishing method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein a plurality of eddy current detectors as described in claim 10, the plurality of vortices are disposed inside the polishing table. The detection sensitivities of current detectors are different from each other. 一種電腦可讀取記錄媒體,該電腦可讀取記錄媒體記錄有用於使電腦作為終點檢測部手段和控制手段發揮作用的程式, 所述電腦用於控制對被研磨物進行研磨的研磨裝置,所述研磨裝置具有:研磨台,用於研磨所述被研磨物的研磨墊能夠貼附於該研磨台;驅動部,該驅動部能夠驅動所述研磨台旋轉;保持部,該保持部能夠保持所述被研磨物並按壓至所述研磨墊;如申請專利範圍第10項所述的渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器配置在所述研磨台的內部,能夠藉由所述檢測線圈檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流, 所述終點檢測部手段能夠從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點, 所述控制手段控制由所述研磨裝置進行的研磨。A computer-readable recording medium having a program for causing a computer to function as an end point detecting unit means and a control means for controlling a polishing apparatus for polishing an object to be polished The polishing apparatus includes a polishing table, a polishing pad for polishing the object to be polished, which can be attached to the polishing table, a driving portion that can drive the polishing table to rotate, and a holding portion that can hold the polishing portion The eddy current type detector according to claim 10, wherein the eddy current type detector is disposed inside the polishing table, and the detection coil can be used Detecting an eddy current formed by the inner coil and the outer coil on the object to be polished in accordance with rotation of the polishing table, the end point detecting unit means being capable of detecting the eddy current from the detected The polishing end point indicating the end of the polishing of the object to be polished, and the control means controls the polishing by the polishing device.
TW107146703A 2017-12-26 2018-12-24 Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same TWI834628B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017249699 2017-12-26
JP2017-249699 2017-12-26
JP2018195990A JP7244250B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2018-10-17 Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using it
JP2018-195990 2018-10-17

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201932788A true TW201932788A (en) 2019-08-16
TWI834628B TWI834628B (en) 2024-03-11

Family

ID=67305280

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107146703A TWI834628B (en) 2017-12-26 2018-12-24 Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7244250B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI834628B (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021091039A (en) * 2019-12-10 2021-06-17 株式会社荏原製作所 Processing unit and substrate treatment apparatus
CN112113496B (en) * 2020-09-10 2024-06-07 浙江工业大学 Test bed for measuring end face film thickness and film pressure of sealing device

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2588034B2 (en) * 1989-12-29 1997-03-05 航空宇宙技術研究所長 Inductance displacement sensor
ES2130253T3 (en) * 1992-01-31 1999-07-01 Northrop Grumman Corp ARRANGED SYSTEM WITH PARASITE CURRENT PROBE.
US6667615B2 (en) * 2000-02-10 2003-12-23 Sankyo Seiki Mfg. Co., Ltd. Coin identifying device using magnetic sensors
JP5094320B2 (en) * 2007-10-11 2012-12-12 株式会社荏原製作所 Polishing monitoring method, polishing apparatus, and monitoring apparatus
JP2010186866A (en) * 2009-02-12 2010-08-26 Ebara Corp Polishing method
JP5894833B2 (en) * 2012-03-30 2016-03-30 株式会社荏原製作所 Eddy current sensor and polishing method and apparatus
JP6033751B2 (en) * 2013-10-07 2016-11-30 株式会社荏原製作所 Polishing method
JP6266493B2 (en) * 2014-03-20 2018-01-24 株式会社荏原製作所 Polishing apparatus and polishing method
JP6779633B2 (en) * 2016-02-23 2020-11-04 株式会社荏原製作所 Polishing equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2019117185A (en) 2019-07-18
JP7244250B2 (en) 2023-03-22
TWI834628B (en) 2024-03-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113001396B (en) Polishing device and polishing method
JP7098311B2 (en) Polishing equipment and polishing method
CN110030918B (en) Magnetic element, eddy current sensor using same, polishing apparatus, polishing method, and computer-readable recording medium
KR102591906B1 (en) Polishing apparatus and polishing method
TWI826397B (en) Polishing apparatus, polishing system, substrate processing apparatus, polishing method, and program
TW201932788A (en) Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same